STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

February 28, 2023

 

Ticker

Name of Fund

Investor
Class

Class A

Class C

Class I

Class R

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund LPEFX LPFAX LPFCX LPEIX LPERX
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund JCRAX JCCSX JCRCX JCRIX N/A
RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income RLGAX RAGIX RLGCX RLIIX N/A
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund SMTRX SMAMX SMCHX SMTHX N/A
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund SMRSX SMASX SMCMX SMDSX N/A
ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund ALIBX ALABX ALCBX ALPBX N/A
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund SMCVX SMCAX SMCCX SMCRX N/A

 

P.O. Box 44386
Denver, CO 80201

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) expands upon and supplements the information contained in the current prospectuses dated February 28, 2023 as supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectus”) for Investor Class Shares, Class A Shares, Class C Shares, Class I Shares, and Class R Shares (collectively, the “Shares”) of the Funds listed above, each of which is a separate series of Financial Investors Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”). Each of these series of the Trust represents shares of beneficial interest in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets with its own objective and policies. ALPS Advisors, Inc. (“ALPS Advisors”) is the investment adviser of each Fund. Certain Funds do not offer all classes of the Shares.

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and is only authorized for distribution when preceded or accompanied by the Funds’ current Prospectus. This SAI supplements and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus, a copy of which may be obtained without charge by writing the Funds at the address listed above, or by calling the Funds’ transfer agent at 866.759.5679. The Funds’ most recent Annual Report is incorporated by reference into this SAI and can be obtained free of charge, by calling the toll-free number printed above.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

Classification, Investment Objectives and Policies 1
Investment Policies and Risks Applicable to Certain Funds 1
Additional Investment Activities and Risks Applicable to All Funds 4
Other Practices 25
Investment Limitations 27
Portfolio Turnover 30
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings 30
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage 33
Purchase, Exchange & Redemption of Shares 35
Trustees and Officers 41
Investment Managers 46
Distributor 52
Code of Ethics 52
Administrator 52
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures 52
Principal Shareholders 53
Expenses 58
Portfolio Managers 58
Net Asset Value 67
Taxes 67
Description of the Trust 78
Other Information about the Funds 78
Performance Information 79
Financial Statements 79
Appendix A — Description of Securities Ratings A-1
Appendix B — Proxy Voting Policy, Procedures and Guidelines B-1

 

 

 

 

 

CLASSIFICATION, INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

 

Financial Investors Trust

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) includes information about seven series of the Trust. Each Fund is a series of the Trust, an open-end, management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory trust on November 30, 1993.

 

On September 27, 2010, as a result of the reorganization of the Baird Funds, Inc. – Long-Term Growth Fund into the RiverFront Asset Allocation Aggressive (formerly, the RiverFront Global Growth Fund), the RiverFront Asset Allocation Aggressive assumed the assets and liabilities of the Baird Funds, Inc. – Long-Term Growth Fund (the “RiverFront Predecessor Fund”). For this reason, certain historical information contained in this SAI for periods prior to September 27, 2010 is that of the RiverFront Predecessor Fund.

 

As a result of the reorganization of RiverFront Asset Allocation Moderate and RiverFront Asset Allocation Aggressive (collectively the “Acquired Funds”) into the RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income (the “Acquiring Fund”), such Acquiring Fund assumed the assets and liabilities of the Acquired Funds. Each reorganization was effective as of January 24, 2022. As a result of the reorganizations, holders of each class of an Acquired Fund received shares of equal value to the corresponding class of shares of the Acquiring Fund.

 

Prior to January 24, 2023, the ALPS Global Opportunity Fund was known as the “ALPS | Red Rocks Global Opportunity Fund.”

 

Classification

The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), classifies mutual funds as either diversified or non-diversified. The ALPS Global Opportunity Fund, ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund, and RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income, ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund and ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund (together the “Fixed-Income Funds”), ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund and the ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund (together with the Fixed-Income Funds, the “Smith Funds”) are classified as diversified.

 

What are the Funds’ Investment Objectives?

The ALPS Global Opportunity Fund seeks to maximize total return, which consists of appreciation on its investments and a variable income stream.

The ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund seeks to maximize real returns, consistent with prudent investment management.

The RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income seeks to achieve long-term growth and income.

The ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund seeks to obtain maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital.

The ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund seeks as high a level of current income as is consistent with preservation of capital.

The ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund seeks long-term capital growth, consistent with preservation of capital and balanced by current income.

The ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund seeks to obtain maximum risk-adjusted return with a secondary focus on high current income.

 

While there is no assurance that a Fund will achieve its investment objective, it endeavors to do so by following the strategies and policies described in each Fund’s prospectus.

 

Each Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) may change this objective or the Fund’s principal investment strategies without a shareholder vote. If there is a material change to a Fund’s objective or principal investment strategies, you should consider whether the Fund remains an appropriate investment for you.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN FUNDS

 

Commodity-Linked Instruments

 

Investments in Commodity-Linked Notes

An important vehicle for the Fund’s gaining exposure to the commodities markets is through commodity-linked notes. A commodity-linked note is a derivative instrument that has characteristics of a debt security and of a commodity-linked derivative. A commodity-linked note typically provides for interest payments and a principal payment at maturity linked to the price movement of the underlying commodity, commodity index or commodity futures or option contract.

 

Qualifying Hybrid Instruments. The Fund may invest in commodity-linked notes that are considered to be “qualifying hybrid instruments” excluded from regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations adopted thereunder. See “Hybrid Securities.”

Principal Protection. Commodity-linked notes may be principal protected, partially protected, or offer no principal protection. A principal protected commodity-linked note means that the issuer will pay, at a minimum, the par value of the note at maturity. Therefore, if the commodity value to which the commodity-linked note is linked declines over the life of the note, the Fund will receive at maturity the face or stated value of the note.

1

 

With a principal protected commodity-linked note, the Fund will receive at maturity the greater of the par value of the note or the value of the underlying commodity or index. This protection is, in effect, an option whose value is subject to the volatility and price level of the underlying commodity. This optionality can be added to the note’s structure, but only for a cost higher than that of a partially protected (or no protection) commodity-linked note. The decision on whether to use principal protection depends in part on the cost of the protection. In addition, the protection feature depends upon the ability of the issuer to meet its obligation to buy back the security, and therefore depends on the creditworthiness of the issuer.

 

With full principal protection, the Fund will receive at maturity of the commodity-linked note either the stated par value of the commodity-linked note, or potentially, an amount greater than the stated par value if the underlying commodity, index, futures or option contract or other underlying economic variable increases in value. Partially protected commodity-linked notes may suffer some loss of principal if the underlying commodity, index, futures or options contract or other economic variable declines in value during the term of the note. However, partially protected commodity-linked notes have a specified limit as to the amount of principal that they may lose.

 

Commodity-Linked Notes Without Principal Protection. The Fund may also invest in commodity-linked notes that offer no principal protection. At maturity, there is a risk that the underlying commodity price, futures or option contract, index or other economic variable may have declined sufficiently in value such that some or all of the face value of the commodity-linked note might not be returned. Some of the commodity-linked notes that the Fund may invest in may have no principal protection and the note could lose all of its value.

 

With a partially-protected or no-principal-protection commodity-linked note, the Fund may receive at maturity an amount less than the note’s par value if the commodity, index or other economic variable value to which the note is linked declines over the term of the note. The Sub-Adviser, at its discretion, may invest in a partially protected principal commodity-linked note or a note without principal protection. In deciding to purchase a note without principal protection, the Sub-Adviser may consider, among other things, the expected performance of the underlying commodity futures or option contract, index or other economic variable over the term of the note, the cost of the note, and any other economic factors which the Sub-Adviser believes are relevant.

 

Counterparty Risk. A significant risk of commodity-linked notes is counterparty risk. The Fund will take on the counterparty credit risk of the issuer. That is, at maturity of a commodity-linked note, there is a risk that the issuer may be unable to perform its obligations under the terms of the commodity-linked note. Issuers of commodity-linked notes are typically large money center banks, broker-dealers, other financial institutions and large corporations. To minimize this risk the Fund will transact, to the extent possible, with issuers who have an investment-grade credit rating from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Commodity Futures Contracts

The Fund can hold substantial positions in commodity futures contracts. The Fund’s investments in commodity futures contracts and related instruments may involve substantial risks. Some of the special characteristics and risks of these investments are described below.

 

Commodity futures contracts are agreements between two parties. One party agrees to buy an asset from the other party at a later date at a price and quantity agreed-upon when the contract is made. Commodity futures contracts are traded on futures exchanges. These futures exchanges offer a central marketplace in which to transact futures contracts, a clearing corporation to process trades, a standardization of expiration dates and contract sizes, and the availability of a secondary market. Futures markets also specify the terms and conditions of delivery as well as the maximum permissible price movement during a trading session. Additionally, the commodity futures exchanges have position limit rules that limit the amount of futures contracts that any one party may hold in a particular commodity at any point in time. These position limit rules are designed to prevent any one participant from controlling a significant portion of the market.

 

In the futures markets, the exchange clearing corporation takes the other side in all transactions, either buying or selling directly to the market participants. The clearinghouse acts as the counterparty to all exchange-traded futures contracts. That is, the Fund’s obligation is to the clearinghouse, and the Fund will look to the clearinghouse to satisfy the Fund’s rights under the futures contract.

 

When purchasing stocks or bonds, the buyer acquires ownership in the security, however buyers of futures contracts are not entitled to ownership of the underlying commodity until and unless they decide to accept delivery at expiration of the contract. In practice, delivery of the underlying commodity to satisfy a futures contract rarely occurs because most futures traders use the liquidity of the central marketplace to sell their futures contract before expiration.

 

Price Limits. The commodity futures exchanges often impose on each commodity futures contract a maximum permissible price movement for each trading session. If the maximum permissible price movement is achieved on any trading day, no more trades may be executed above (or below, if the price has moved downward) that limit. If the Fund wishes to execute a trade outside the daily permissible price movement, it would be prevented from doing so by exchange rules, and would have to wait for another trading session to execute its transaction.

2

 

Price Volatility. Despite the daily price limits on the futures exchanges, the price volatility of commodity futures contracts has been historically greater than that for traditional securities such as stocks and bonds. To the extent that the Fund invests in commodity futures contracts, the assets of the Fund, and therefore the prices of Fund shares, may be subject to greater volatility.

 

Marking-to-Market Futures Positions. The futures clearinghouse marks every futures contract to market at the end of each trading day, to ensure that the outstanding futures obligations are limited by the maximum daily permissible price movement. This process of marking-to-market is designed to prevent losses from accumulating in any futures account. Therefore, if the Fund’s futures positions have declined in value, the Fund may be required to post additional margin to cover this decline. Alternatively, if the Fund’s futures positions have increased in value, this increase will be credited to the Fund’s account. Certain commodity futures contracts, when entered into directly by the Fund, would be taxed on the “marked-to-market” basis applicable to section 1256 contracts, as discussed below under “TAXES – Special Tax Considerations - Financial Products.” For information about the tax treatment of the Fund’s commodity-linked investments and its investment in the Subsidiary, please refer to “TAXES – Special Tax Considerations – Taxation of Certain Commodity – Linked Investments.”

 

Special Risks of Commodity Futures Contracts

Storage Costs. The price of the commodity futures contract will reflect the storage costs of purchasing the physical commodity. These storage costs include the time value of money invested in the physical commodity plus the actual costs of storing the commodity less any benefits from ownership of the physical commodity that are not obtained by the holder of a futures contract (this is sometimes referred to as the “convenience yield”). To the extent that these storage costs change for an underlying commodity while the Fund is long futures contracts on that commodity, the value of the futures contract may change proportionately.

 

Reinvestment Risk. In the commodity futures markets, if producers of the underlying commodity wish to hedge the price risk of selling the commodity, they will sell futures contracts today to lock in the price of the commodity at delivery tomorrow. In order to induce speculators to take the corresponding long side of the same futures contract, the commodity producer must be willing to sell the futures contract at a price that is below the expected future spot price. Conversely, if the predominate hedgers in the futures market are the purchasers of the underlying commodity who purchase futures contracts to hedge against a rise in prices, then speculators will only take the short side of the futures contract if the futures price is greater than the expected future spot price of the commodity.

 

The changing nature of the hedgers and speculators in the commodity markets will influence whether futures prices are above or below the expected future spot price. This can have significant implications for the Fund when it is time to replace an expiring contract with a new contract. If the nature of hedgers and speculators in futures markets has shifted such that commodity purchasers are the predominate hedgers in the market, the Fund might open the new futures position at a higher price or choose other related commodity investments.

 

Additional Economic Factors. The values of commodities which underlie commodity futures contracts are subject to additional variables which may be less significant to the values of traditional securities such as stocks and bonds. Variables such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes and tariffs may have a larger impact on commodity prices and commodity-linked instruments, including futures contracts, commodity-linked notes, commodity options and commodity swaps, than on traditional securities. These additional variables may create additional investment risks which subject the Fund’s investments to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities.

 

Leverage. There is much greater leverage in futures trading than in stocks. As a registered investment company, the Fund must pay in full for all securities it purchases. In other words, the Fund is not allowed to purchase securities on margin. However, the Fund is allowed to purchase futures contracts on margin. The initial margin requirements are typically between 2% and 15% of the face value of the contract. That means the Fund is only required to pay up front between 2% to 15% percent of the face value of the futures contract. Therefore, the Fund has a higher degree of leverage in its futures contract purchases than in its stock purchases. As a result there may be differences in the volatility of rates of return between securities purchases and futures contract purchases, with the returns from futures contracts being more volatile.

 

Hybrid Instruments

The Fund may invest in hybrid instruments. A hybrid instrument is a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.

3

 

Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes the Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the Fund.

 

Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options, or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable.

 

The Fund will only invest in commodity-linked hybrid instruments that qualify under applicable rules of the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) for an exemption from the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (“CEA”).

 

Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the Fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

 

The RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

 

Risk Management. The RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Sub-Adviser utilizes risk management techniques in its investment process. Those techniques include understanding the risks being assumed, monitoring the impact of those risks on performance, and promptly addressing those asset classes that are not performing.

 

The RiverFront portfolio management team meets regularly to review holdings, evaluate risks, assess the portfolio managers’ conviction levels on the holdings, and determine decision points for the sale of holdings. RiverFront will sell positions in ETFs when it no longer believes they present attractive long-term growth opportunities relative to other possible investments in that asset class or when RiverFront changes its strategic asset allocation or makes tactical adjustments to address underperforming asset classes.

 

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND RISKS APPLICABLE TO ALL FUNDS

 

To the extent permitted by its investment policies and unless otherwise indicated, each Fund may also invest in the following types of securities. The following is not meant to be an exclusive list of all the securities and instruments in which each Fund may invest or investment strategies in which it may engage, and each Fund may invest in instruments and securities and engage in strategies other than those listed below.

 

Equity Investments (not applicable to the Fixed-Income Funds, except for the ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund)

Each Fund may invest in equity securities. Equity securities (which generally include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, securities convertible into common or preferred stocks and similar securities) are generally volatile and more risky than some other forms of investment. Equity securities of companies with relatively small market capitalizations may be more volatile than the securities of larger, more established companies than the broad equity market indices generally. Common stock and other equity securities may take the form of stock in corporations, partnership interests, interests in limited liability companies and other direct or indirect interests in business organizations.

 

Common Stock (not applicable to the Fixed-Income Funds except for the ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund)

Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so.

 

Common stocks of companies that the Sub-Adviser believes have earnings that will grow faster than the economy as a whole are known as growth stocks. Growth stocks typically trade at higher multiples of current earnings than other stocks. As a result, the values of growth stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks. If the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of the prospects for a company’s earnings growth is wrong, or if its judgment of how other investors will value the company’s earnings growth is wrong, then the price of that company’s stock may fall or may not approach the value that the Sub-Adviser has placed on it.

 

Common stocks of companies that are not expected to experience significant earnings growth, but whose stocks the Sub-Adviser believes are undervalued compared to their true worth, are known as value stocks. These companies may have experienced adverse business developments or may be subject to special risks that have caused their stocks to be out of favor. If the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of a company’s prospects is wrong, or if other investors do not eventually recognize the value of the company, then the price of the company’s stocks may fall or may not approach the value that the Sub-Adviser has placed on it.

4

 

Many stocks have both “growth” and “value” characteristics, and for some stocks it may be unclear which category, if any, it fits into. Each Fund’s investment process is biased toward value.

 

Preferred Stock

Preferred stocks, like debt obligations, are generally fixed-income securities. Shareholders of preferred stocks normally have the right to receive dividends at a fixed rate when and as declared by the issuer’s board of directors, but do not participate in other amounts available for distribution by the issuing corporation. Dividends on the preferred stock may be cumulative, and generally all cumulative dividends must be paid prior to common shareholders receiving any dividends. Because as a general matter preferred stock dividends must be paid before common stock dividends, preferred stocks generally entail less risk than common stocks. Upon liquidation, preferred stocks are generally entitled to a specified liquidation preference, which is generally the same as the par or stated value, and are senior in right of payment to common stock. Preferred stocks are, however, equity securities in the sense that they do not represent a liability of the issuer and, therefore, do not offer as great a degree of protection of capital or assurance of continued income as investments in corporate debt securities. In addition, preferred stocks are subordinated in right of payment to all debt obligations and creditors of the issuer, and convertible preferred stocks may be subordinated to other preferred stock of the same issuer.

 

Exchange Traded Funds and Other Similar Instruments (not applicable to the Fixed-Income Funds except ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund)

Shares of ETFs and other similar instruments may be purchased by any Fund. Generally, an ETF is an investment company that is registered under the 1940 Act that holds a portfolio of securities designed to track the performance of a particular index or index segment. Similar instruments, used by pools that are not investment companies, offer similar characteristics and may be designed to track the performance of an index or basket of securities of companies engaged in a particular market or sector. ETFs sell and redeem their shares at net asset value in large blocks (typically 50,000 of its shares) called “creation units.” Shares representing fractional interests in these creation units are listed for trading on national securities exchanges and can be purchased and sold in the secondary market in lots of any size at any time during the trading day.

 

Investments in ETFs and other similar instruments involve certain inherent risks generally associated with investments in a broadly-based portfolio of stocks including: (i) risks that the general level of stock prices may decline, thereby adversely affecting the value of each unit of the ETF or other instrument; (ii) an ETF may not fully replicate the performance of its benchmark index because of temporary unavailability of certain index securities in the secondary market or discrepancies between the ETF and the index with respect to the weightings of securities or number of stocks held; (iii) an ETF may also be adversely affected by the performance of the specific index, market sector or group of industries on which it is based; and (iv) an ETF may not track an index as well as a traditional index mutual fund because ETFs are valued by the market and, therefore, there may be a difference between the market value and the ETF’s net asset value. Each Fund may both purchase and effect short sales of shares of ETFs and may also purchase and sell options on shares of ETFs. These investments may be used for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return (which is considered a speculative activity).

 

Because ETFs and pools that issue similar instruments incur various fees and expenses, a Fund’s investment in these instruments will involve certain indirect costs, as well as transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions. The Sub-Adviser will consider expenses associated with an investment in determining whether to invest in an ETF or other instrument. In the case of ETFs that are investment companies, they invest substantially all of their assets in securities of various securities indices or a particular segment of a securities index. Most ETFs are listed and traded on the NYSE Arca, Inc. (“Arca”). The market price of ETFs is expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the asset values of their underlying indices and supply and demand of an ETF’s shares on the Arca. ETFs may trade at relatively modest discounts or premiums to net asset value. In general, most ETFs have a limited operating history and information may be lacking regarding the actual performance and trading liquidity of such shares for extended periods or over complete market cycles. In addition, there is no assurance that the requirements of the Arca necessary to maintain the listing of ETFs in which a Fund invests will continue to be met or will remain unchanged. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting the shares of ETFs held by a Fund should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of that Fund’s shares could also be adversely affected. If such disruptions were to occur, that Fund could be required to reconsider the use of ETFs as part of its investment strategy.

 

Limitations of the 1940 Act, which prohibit any Fund from acquiring more than 3% of the outstanding shares of another investment company, may restrict the Fund’s ability to purchase shares of certain ETFs.

 

Warrants and Rights

Each Fund may invest in warrants and rights. Warrants are securities that are usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give the holder the right to buy a proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price until a stated expiration date. Buying a warrant generally can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an investment of equivalent amounts in the underlying common stock. The market value of a warrant does not necessarily move with the value of the underlying securities. If a holder does not sell the warrant, it risks the loss of its entire investment if the market price of the underlying security does not, before the expiration date, exceed the exercise price of the warrant. Investing in warrants is a speculative activity. Warrants pay no dividends and confer no rights (other than the right to purchase the underlying securities) with respect to the assets of the issuer. A right is a privilege granted, typically to existing shareholders of a corporation, to subscribe for shares of a new issue of stock before it is issued. Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, may be freely transferable and generally entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower price than the public offering price.

5

 

Market Risk

The market price of securities owned by any Fund may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably.

 

Securities may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries represented in the securities markets. The value of a security may decline due to general market conditions which are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They may also decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. During a general downturn in the securities markets, multiple asset classes may decline in value simultaneously.

 

Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed-income securities.

 

MLP Risk

Investments in securities of MLPs involve risks that differ from an investment in common stock. Holders of units of MLPs have more limited control rights and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the MLP as compared to holders of stock of a corporation. For example, MLP unit holders may not elect the general partner or the directors of the general partner and the MLP unit holders have limited ability to remove an MLP’s general partner. MLPs are controlled by their general partners, which generally have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary duties to the MLP, which may permit the general partner to favor its own interests over the MLPs.

 

Derivatives

Each Fund may engage in a variety of derivative transactions in accordance with the applicable rules of the CFTC, and, to the extent applicable, the rules and regulations of certain national or foreign exchanges; however, no Fund will be obligated to use derivatives and no Fund makes any representation as to the availability of these techniques at this time or at any time in the future. Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index and may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities, related indexes and other assets. The types of derivatives in which a Fund may invest include, but are not limited to, interest rate, currency or stock or bond index futures contracts, currency forward contracts and currency swaps, the purchase and sale (or writing) of exchange listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) put and call options on debt and equity securities, currencies, interest rate, currency or stock index futures and fixed-income and stock indices and other financial instruments, entering into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps floors, and collars, entering into equity swaps, caps and floors, the purchase and sale of indexed debt securities or trading in other similar types of instruments. In addition, the ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund may invest, through its Subsidiary, in commodity-linked notes and commodity futures contracts. For additional information on these types of instruments, please see “Commodity-Linked Instruments” in this SAI.

 

Derivatives may be used, among other reasons, as part of a Fund’s investment strategy, to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held or to be purchased for a Fund’s portfolio resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations, to protect a Fund’s unrealized gains in the value of its securities, to facilitate the sale of those securities for investment purposes, to manage the effective maturity or duration of the Fund’s portfolio or to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities or to seek to enhance a Fund’s income or gain. A Fund may use any or all types of derivatives which it is authorized to use at any time; no particular strategy will dictate the use of one type of transaction rather than another, as use of any authorized derivative will be a function of numerous variables, including market conditions. The ability of a Fund to utilize derivatives successfully will depend on numerous factors including the Sub-Adviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. These skills are different from those needed to select a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Subject to the constraints described above, a Fund may (if and to the extent so authorized) purchase and sell interest rate, currency or stock or bond index futures contracts and enter into currency forward contracts and currency swaps; purchase and sell (or write) exchange listed and OTC put and call options on securities, loan participations and assignments, currencies, futures contracts, indices and other financial instruments, and the Fund may enter into interest rate transactions, equity swaps and related transactions and other similar transactions which may be developed to the extent the Sub-Adviser determines that they are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies and applicable regulatory requirements. A Fund’s interest rate transactions may take the form of swaps, caps, floors and collars, and the Fund’s currency transactions may take the form of currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps and options on currencies or currency futures contracts.

 

Derivatives involve special risks, including possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the Sub-Adviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of derivatives could result in significantly greater losses than if it had not been used. Losses resulting from the use of derivatives will reduce a Fund’s net asset value, and possibly income, and the losses may be significantly greater than if derivatives had not been used. The degree of a Fund’s use of derivatives may be limited by certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986j, as amended (the “Code”). When used, derivatives may increase the amount and affect the timing and character of taxes payable by shareholders. See “TAXES.”

6

 

Certain standardized swap transactions are currently subject to mandatory central clearing or may be eligible for voluntary central clearing. Central clearing is expected to decrease counterparty risk and increase liquidity compared to uncleared swaps because central clearing interposes the central clearinghouse as the counterpart to each participant’s swap. However, central clearing does not eliminate counterparty risk or illiquidity risk entirely. In addition depending on the size of a fund and other factors, the margin required under the rules of a clearinghouse and by a clearing member may be in excess of the collateral required to be posted by a fund to support its obligations under a similar uncleared swap.

 

During the term of an uncleared swap, a Fund is usually required to pledge to the swap counterparty, from time to time, an amount of cash and/or other assets equal to the total net amount (if any) that would be payable by the Fund to the counterparty if the swap were terminated on the date in question, including any early termination payments. Periodically, changes in the amount pledged are made to recognize changes in value of the contract resulting from, among other things, interest on the notional value of the contract, market value changes in the underlying investment, and/or dividends paid by the issuer of the underlying instrument. In addition, under current law, a Fund may be required to post initial margin and/or variation margin with respect to certain uncleared swap transactions.

 

Futures, options on futures, and swap contracts that are listed or traded on a national securities exchange, commodities exchange, contract market or over-the-counter markets and that are freely transferable will be valued at their closing settlement price on the exchange on which they are primarily traded or based upon the current settlement price for a like instrument acquired on the day on which the instrument is being valued. A settlement price may not be used if the market makes a limit move with respect to a particular commodity. Over-the-counter futures, options on futures, and swap contracts for which market quotations are readily available will be valued based on quotes received from third party pricing services or one or more dealers that make markets in such securities. If quotes are not available from a third party pricing service or one or more dealers, quotes shall be determined based on the fair value of such instruments. In determining the fair value of such instruments the Funds may consider, among other factors, whether or not the particular instrument is intended to be cash-settled or physically-settled. With respect to instruments that do not cash settle, the Funds may typically use the full notional value of the contract as a guide while the positions are open. With respect to instruments that do cash settle, the Funds may typically use the marked-to-market net obligation under the applicable contract as a guide.

 

Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), as amended, exempts an adviser of a fund that invests in “commodity interests” from registration as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) provided that, among other restrictions, the adviser enters into such positions solely for “bona fide hedging purposes” or limits its use of commodity interests for non-bona fide hedging purposes such that (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish non-bona fide hedging positions do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the fund’s portfolio, or (ii) the aggregate “notional value” of the non-bona fide hedging commodity interests do not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the fund’s portfolio.

 

The Adviser is registered with the CFTC as a CPO. In addition, with respect to the ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund, the Sub-Adviser is registered with the CFTC as a CPO and as a CTA. With respect to certain of the Funds where the Sub-Adviser is registered neither as a CPO or CTA, the Adviser and Sub-Adviser intend to comply with the requirements of the CEA by operating the Fund in a manner consistent with the restrictions of Rule 4.5, including filing a notice of eligibility of exemption from registration in accordance with applicable procedures, or alternatively operating the Fund in a manner such that the Fund’s activities are not subject to the CEA.

 

Currency Transactions (not applicable to the Smith Funds)

Each Fund may engage in currency transactions with counterparties to hedge the value of portfolio securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value, to gain or reduce exposure to certain currencies or to generate income or gains.

 

Currency transactions include currency forward contracts, exchange-listed currency futures contracts and options thereon, exchange-listed and OTC options on currencies and currency swaps. A forward currency contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap, which is described below under “Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions.”

 

Each Fund may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, the amount of that currency approximating the value of some or all of the Fund’s portfolio securities denominated in such currency. For example, a Fund may do this if the Sub-Adviser believes that the currency of a particular country may decline in relation to the U.S. dollar. Forward contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Transaction hedging includes entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of the Fund, which will generally arise in connection with the purchase or sale of portfolio securities or the receipt of income from them. Position hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to portfolio securities positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency.

7

 

Each Fund may cross-hedge currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to increase or decline in value relative to other currencies to which the Fund has or in which the Fund expects to have exposure. To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of its securities, a Fund may also engage in proxy hedging. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which a Fund’s holdings is exposed is difficult to hedge generally or difficult to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency, the changes in the value of which are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of a Fund’s securities are or are expected to be denominated and to buy dollars. 

 

Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other derivative transactions. Currency transactions can result in losses to a Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Fund is engaging in these transactions. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to a Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Buyers and sellers of currency futures contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures contracts generally. Further, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. Trading options on currency futures contracts is relatively new, and the ability to establish and close out positions on these options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market that may not always be available. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to that country’s economy.

 

Futures Contracts

Generally, a futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, foreign currency or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time. Certain of the Funds may enter into futures contracts and related options as permitted under CFTC rules. The Sub-Advisers expect that the Funds’ futures transactions will generally include transactions: (i) on domestic and foreign exchanges on currencies, interest rates and bond indices; and (ii) on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges on stock indices. In addition, the ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund may invest, through its Subsidiary, in commodity futures contracts. For additional information on these types of instruments, please see “Commodity-Linked Instruments” in this SAI.

 

The Adviser is registered with the CFTC as a CPO. In addition, with respect to the ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund, the Sub-Adviser is registered with the CFTC as a CTA. With respect to certain of the Funds where the Sub-Adviser is registered neither as a CPO or CTA, the Adviser and Sub-Adviser intend to comply with the requirements of the CEA by operating the Fund in a manner consistent with the restrictions of Rule 4.5, including filing a notice of eligibility of exemption from registration in accordance with applicable procedures, or alternatively operating the Fund in a manner such that the Fund’s activities are not subject to the CEA.

 

Futures contracts are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges on which they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by a Fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price (or, with respect to certain instruments, the net cash amount). A Fund may use futures contracts and related options for hedging purposes and for investment purposes. A Fund’s use of financial futures contracts and options thereon will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the CFTC. Maintaining a futures contract or selling an option on a futures contract will typically require the Fund to deposit with a financial intermediary, as security for its obligations, an amount of cash or other specified assets (“initial margin”) that initially is from 2% to 15% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances). Additional cash or assets (“variation margin”) may be required to be deposited thereafter daily as the mark-to-market value of the futures contract fluctuates. The value of all futures contracts sold by a Fund (adjusted for the historical volatility relationship between the Fund and the contracts) will not exceed the total market value of the Fund’s securities.

 

Interest Rate Futures Contracts

Each Fund may enter into interest rate futures contracts, for example, in order to protect it from fluctuations in interest rates without necessarily buying or selling fixed income securities. An interest rate futures contract is an agreement to take or make delivery of either: (i) an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of a particular debt security or index of debt securities at the beginning and at the end of the contract period; or (ii) a specified amount of a particular debt security at a future date at a price set at time of the contract. For example, if a Fund owns bonds, and interest rates are expected to increase, the Fund might sell futures contracts on debt securities having characteristics similar to those held in the portfolio. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling an equivalent value of the bonds owned by the Fund. If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt securities in the portfolio would decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Fund would increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value of the Fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Fund could accomplish similar results by selling bonds with longer maturities and investing in bonds with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, because the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Fund to take a position without having to sell its portfolio securities. Similarly, when the Sub-Adviser expects that interest rates may decline, a Fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against having to make subsequently anticipated purchases of bonds at the higher prices subsequently expected to prevail. Since the fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should be similar to that of the bonds that will be purchased, a Fund could take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the bonds without actually buying them until the market had stabilized.

8

 

The use of options and futures transactions entails risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related portfolio position of a Fund could create the possibility that losses on the derivative will be greater than gains in the value of the Fund’s position. In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain OTC options could have no markets. A Fund might not be able to close out certain positions without incurring substantial losses. To the extent a Fund utilizes futures and options transactions for hedging, such transactions should tend to decrease the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position and, at the same time, limit any potential gain to the Fund that might result from an increase in value of the position. There is also the risk of loss by a Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium and transaction costs.

 

Options

A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy (if the option is exercised), the underlying security, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. A Fund’s purchase of a put option on a security, for example, might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value of such instrument by giving the Fund the right to sell the instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy (if the option is exercised), and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. A Fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial futures contract, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase the instrument. An “American” style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period, whereas a “European” style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior to expiration. Exchange-listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to the options.

 

In order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to potentially increase income or gain, a Fund may purchase put and call options or write “covered” put and call options on futures contracts on stocks, stock indices, interest rates and currencies. In addition, a Fund may utilize options on currencies in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks or to gain exposure to one or more currencies. A call option written by a Fund is “covered” so long as the Fund owns: (i) the underlying investment subject to the option; (ii) securities convertible or exchangeable without the payment of any consideration into the securities subject to the option; or (iii) a call option on the relevant security or currency with an exercise price no higher than the exercise price on the call option written. A put option written by a Fund is “covered” if the Fund has certain offsetting puts. Parties to options transactions must make certain payments in connection with each transaction.

 

By writing a call, a Fund will generally limit its opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying investment above the exercise price of the option for as long as the Fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. By writing a put, a Fund will generally limit its opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market value of the underlying investment below the exercise price of the option for as long as the Fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. Upon the exercise of a put option written by a Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to the difference between the price at which the Fund is required to purchase the underlying investment and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. Upon the exercise of a call option written by a Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to an amount not less than the Fund’s acquisition cost of the investment underlying the option, less the sum of the premium received for writing the option and the exercise price paid to the Fund.

 

A Fund may choose to exercise the options it holds, permit them to expire or terminate them prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. A Fund may enter into a closing purchase transaction in which the Fund purchases an option having the same terms as the option it had written or a closing sale transaction in which the Fund sells an option having the same terms as the option it had purchased.

9

 

Exchange-listed options on securities and currencies, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised.

 

OTC options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (collectively referred to as “counterparties” and individually referred to as a “counterparty”) through a direct bilateral agreement with the counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guaranties and security, are determined by negotiation of the parties.

 

Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with a Fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the Fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Thus, the Sub-Adviser must assess the creditworthiness of each such counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be met.

 

If a Fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments held by the Fund or will increase the Fund’s income. Similarly, the sale of put options can also provide gains for a Fund. A Fund may purchase and sell call options on securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the OTC markets, and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. All calls sold by a Fund must be “covered” (that is, the Fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call). Even though the Fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, use of options could result in losses to the Fund, force the purchase or sale of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher or lower than current market values, or cause the Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell or sell a security it might otherwise hold.

 

A Fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC-issued or exchange-listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the particular option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities, including reaching daily price limits; (iv) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or the OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although any such outstanding options on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

 

The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected in the corresponding option markets.

 

Each of the Funds reserves the right to purchase or sell options on instruments and indices other than those described here and which may be developed in the future to the extent consistent with applicable law, the Fund’s investment objective and the restrictions set forth herein.

 

Options on Stocks and Stock Indices (not applicable to the Fixed-Income Funds)

Each Fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on stocks and stock indices in order to hedge against movements in the equity markets or to potentially increase income or gain to the Fund. In addition, the Funds may purchase options on stocks that are traded over-the-counter. Options on stock indices are similar to options on specific securities. However, because options on stock indices do not involve the delivery of an underlying security, the option represents the holder’s right to obtain from the writer cash in an amount equal to a fixed multiple of the amount by which the exercise price exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying stock index on the exercise date. Options are also traded in certain industry or market segment indices such as the Oil Index, the Computer Technology Index, and the Transportation Index. Stock index options are subject to position and exercise limits and other regulations imposed by the exchange on which they are traded.

 

If the Sub-Adviser expects general stock market prices to rise, a Fund might purchase a call option on a stock index or a futures contract on that index as a hedge against an increase in prices of particular equity securities it wants ultimately to buy. If the stock index does rise, the price of the particular equity securities intended to be purchased may also increase, but that increase should be offset in part by the increase in the value of the Fund’s index option or futures contract resulting from the increase in the index. If, on the other hand, the Sub-Adviser expects general stock market prices to decline, it might purchase a put option or sell a futures contract on the index. If that index does decline, the value of some or all of the equity securities in the Fund’s portfolio may also be expected to decline, but that decrease would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the Fund’s position in such put option or futures contract.

10

 

Options on Currencies

Each Fund may invest in options on currencies traded on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks or to increase income or gain, as described above in “Currency Transactions.”

 

Options on Futures Contracts

Each Fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies traded on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges, in order to hedge all or a portion of its investments or to increase income or gain and may enter into closing transactions in order to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be affected. An option on a stock index futures contract, interest rate futures contract or currency futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying contract at a specified exercise price at any time on or before the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). While the price of the option is fixed at the point of sale, the value of the option does change daily and the change would be reflected in the net asset value of the Fund.

 

The purchase of an option on a financial futures contract involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of the Fund. If the Fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potentially variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any futures position. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, but no assurance can be given that a position can be offset prior to settlement or that delivery will occur.

 

Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions

Each Fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps and may purchase or sell (i.e., write) interest rate and equity caps, floors and collars. Each Fund expects to enter into these transactions in order to hedge against either a decline in the value of the securities included in the Fund’s portfolio, or against an increase in the price of the securities which it plans to purchase, in order to preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to increase income or gain. Interest rate and equity swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective commitments to make or receive payments based on a notional principal amount. The purchase of an interest rate or equity cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined level, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity cap. The purchase of an interest rate or equity floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined rate, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity floor. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor which preserve a certain return within a predetermined range of values.

 

Each Fund will usually enter into interest rate and equity swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate or equity swap will generally be accrued on a daily basis. If a Fund enters into an interest rate or equity swap on other than a net basis, the Fund will designate the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the Fund’s obligations with respect to the swap.

 

The use of interest rate and equity swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Funds would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if the Sub-Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being hedged.

 

As is the case with futures and options strategies, the effective use of swaps and related transactions by a Fund may depend, among other things, on the Fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the Sub-Adviser deems it desirable to do so. To the extent the Fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the Fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction.

 

The liquidity of swap agreements will be determined by the Sub-Adviser based on various factors, including (i) the frequency of trades and quotations, (ii) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (iii) dealer undertakings to make a market, (iv) the nature of the security (including any demand or tender features), and (v) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset the Fund’s rights and obligations relating to the investment).

11

 

There is no limit on the amount of interest rate and equity swap transactions that may be entered into by a Fund. The effective use of swaps and related transactions by a Fund may depend, among other things, on the Fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the Sub-Adviser deems it desirable to do so. Because swaps and related transactions are bilateral contractual arrangements between the Fund and counterparties to the transactions, the Fund’s ability to terminate such an arrangement may be considerably more limited than in the case of an exchange traded instrument. To the extent a Fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the Fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction. If the other party to a swap defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss is the net amount of payments that the Fund contractually is entitled to receive, if any. A Fund may purchase and sell caps, floors and collars without limitation.

 

Credit Default Swaps

Each Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for hedging purposes or to add leverage to its portfolio. When used for hedging purposes, a Fund would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case, the Fund would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation, index or other investment from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the referenced debt obligation. In return, the Fund would pay to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When a Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

 

In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation, as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty.

 

Credit default swaps may be subject to regulation by the CFTC, SEC or both. Both the CFTC and the SEC have issued guidance and relief regarding the implementation of various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) relating to the use of swaps. Further action by the CFTC or SEC may affect a Fund’s ability to use credit default swaps or may require additional disclosure by a Fund.

 

Indexed Securities

Each Fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities of equivalent issuers. Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign currency-denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency. Currency-indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.

 

Because the amount of interest and/or principal payments which the issuer of indexed debt securities is obligated to make is linked to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators, such payments may be significantly greater or less than payment obligations in respect of other types of debt securities. As a result, an investment in indexed debt securities may be considered speculative. Moreover, the performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of and may be more volatile than the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates.

 

Losses resulting from the use of derivatives will reduce a Fund’s net asset value, and possibly income, and the losses can be greater than if derivatives had not been used.

 

Combined Transactions

Each Fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts), multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions, instead of a single derivative, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the judgment of the Sub-Adviser, it is in the best interests of the Fund to do so. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions will normally be entered into by a Fund based on the Sub-Adviser’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase the risks or hinder achievement of the Fund’s investment objective.

12

 

Risks of Derivatives Outside the United States (not applicable to the Fixed-Income Funds)

When conducted outside the United States, derivatives may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and will be subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised. The value of positions taken as part of non-U.S. derivatives also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States; (iii) delays in a Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during nonbusiness hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lower trading volume and liquidity.

 

Short Sales (not applicable to the Fixed-Income Funds)

Each Fund may make short sales of securities consistent with its strategies. A short sale is a transaction in which a Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline.

 

When a Fund makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver a security equal in value to the security sold short to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any accrued interest and dividends on such borrowed securities.

 

If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time that a Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.

13

 

To the extent that a Fund engages in short sales, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer. A short sale is “against the box” to the extent that the Fund contemporaneously owns, or has the right to obtain at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short. Each Fund may engage in short selling to the extent permitted by the federal securities laws and rules and interpretations thereunder. To the extent a Fund engages in short selling in foreign (non-U.S.) jurisdictions, the Fund will do so to the extent permitted by the laws and regulations of such jurisdiction.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Investors should recognize that investing in the securities of non-U.S. issuers generally, and particularly in emerging market issuers, involves special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in securities of non-U.S. issuers may involve risks arising from differences between U.S. and non-U.S. securities markets, including less volume, much greater price volatility in and relative illiquidity of non-U.S. securities markets, different trading and settlement practices, and less governmental supervision and regulation, from changes in currency exchange rates, from high and volatile rates of inflation, from economic, social and political conditions and, as with domestic multinational corporations, from fluctuating interest rates.

 

Since most non-U.S. securities are denominated in non-U.S. currencies or traded primarily in securities markets in which settlements are made in non-U.S. currencies, the value of these investments and the net investment income available for distribution to shareholders of the Funds may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations. Because a Fund may purchase securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies, a change in the value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a change in the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets and the Fund’s income available for distribution. A Fund’s foreign currency transactions may give rise to ordinary income or loss, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency.

 

In addition, although a Fund’s income may be received or realized in foreign currencies, the Fund will be required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars. Therefore, if the value of a currency relative to the U.S. dollar declines after the Fund’s income has been earned in that currency, translated into U.S. dollars and declared as a dividend, but before payment of such dividend, the Fund could be required to liquidate portfolio securities to pay such dividend. Similarly, if the value of a currency relative to the U.S. dollar declines between the time a Fund incurs expenses or other obligations in U.S. dollars in order to pay such expenses in U.S. dollars will be greater than the equivalent amount in such currency of such expenses at the time they were incurred.

 

Certain markets are in only the earliest stages of development. There is also a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Many of such markets also may be affected by developments with respect to more established markets in the region. Brokers in non-U.S. and emerging market countries typically are fewer in number and less capitalized than brokers in the United States. These factors, combined with the U.S. regulatory requirements for open-end investment companies and the restrictions on foreign investment, result in potentially fewer investment opportunities for a Fund and may have an adverse impact on the investment performance of the Fund. There generally is less governmental supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers in non-U.S. countries than there is in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain non-U.S. laws to insider trading and similar investor protection securities laws that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Further, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on non-U.S. securities exchanges generally are higher than in the United States. With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, less comprehensive legal systems may have an adverse impact on a Fund. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

 

Other investment risks include the possible imposition of foreign withholding taxes on certain amounts of a Fund’s income which may reduce the net return on non-U.S. investments as compared to income received from a U.S. issuer, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign assets and the possible establishment of exchange controls, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, other foreign governmental laws or restrictions which might affect adversely payments due on securities held by the Fund, the lack of extensive operating experience of eligible foreign sub-custodians, and legal limitations on the ability of the Fund to recover assets held in custody by a foreign sub-custodian in the event of the sub-custodian’s bankruptcy.

 

In addition, there may be less publicly-available information about a non-U.S. issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and non-U.S. issuers may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial record-keeping standards and requirements as U.S. issuers. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of an emerging market country issuer may not reflect its financial position or results of operations in the way they would be reflected had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, for an issuer that keeps accounting records in local currency, inflation accounting rules may require, for both tax and accounting purposes, that certain assets and liabilities be restated on the issuer’s balance sheet in order to express items in terms of currency of constant purchasing power. Inflation accounting may indirectly generate losses or profits. Consequently, financial data may be materially affected by restatements for inflation and may not accurately reflect the real condition of those issuers and securities markets. Finally, in the event of a default of any such foreign obligations, it may be more difficult for a Fund to obtain or enforce a judgment against the issuers of such obligations. The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain emerging market countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of a Fund. For example, the Fund may be required in certain of such countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the Fund. Re-registration may in some instances not be able to occur on a timely basis, resulting in a delay during which the Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor.

14

 

Non-U.S. markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some countries having smaller emerging markets, which may result in a Fund incurring additional costs and delays in transporting and custodying such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems could result in periods when assets of the Fund are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of a Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if a Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

 

Securities Related Activities

In some countries, banks or other financial institutions may constitute a substantial number of the leading companies or companies with the most actively traded securities. The 1940 Act limits a Fund’s ability to invest in any equity security of an issuer which, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from “securities related activities,” as defined by the rules thereunder. These provisions may also restrict a Fund’s investments in certain non-U.S. banks and other financial institutions.

 

Non-U.S. Sub-custodians

Rules adopted under the 1940 Act permit each Fund to maintain its non-U.S. securities and cash in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories.

 

Certain banks in non-U.S. countries may not be eligible sub-custodians for a Fund, in which event the Fund may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain non-U.S. countries in which it otherwise would invest or which may result in the Fund’s incurring additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. A Fund may encounter difficulties in effecting on a timely basis portfolio transactions with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries. Other banks that are eligible non-U.S. sub-custodians may be recently organized or otherwise lack extensive operating experience. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of a Fund to recover assets held in custody by non-U.S. sub-custodians in the event of the bankruptcy of the sub-custodian.

 

Credit Ratings

The securities in which a Fund may invest will not be required to meet a minimum rating standard and may not be rated for creditworthiness by any internationally recognized credit rating organization. Such securities, commonly referred to as “junk bonds,” involve significantly greater risks, including price volatility and risk of default of payment of interest and principal than higher rated securities. An investment in either Fund should not be considered as a complete investment program for all investors. Moreover, substantial investments in non-U.S. securities may have adverse tax implications as described under “TAXES.”

 

The Sub-Adviser will take various factors into consideration in evaluating the creditworthiness of an issuer. For corporate debt securities, such factors typically include the issuer’s financial resources, its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, the operating history of the issuer, and the experience and track record of the issuer’s management. For sovereign debt instruments, these will typically include the economic and political conditions within the issuer’s country, the issuer’s overall and external debt levels and debt service ratios, the issuer’s access to capital markets and other sources of funding, and the issuer’s debt service payment history. The Sub-Adviser will also review the ratings, if any, assigned to the security by any recognized rating organizations, although the Sub-Adviser’s judgment as to the quality of a debt security may differ from that suggested by the rating published by a rating service. In addition to the foregoing credit analysis, the Sub-Adviser will evaluate the relative value of an investment compared with its perceived credit risk. A Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case if it invested in higher quality debt securities. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s and S&P is set forth in Appendix A.

 

Emerging Market Countries (not applicable to the Fixed-Income Funds)

Certain of the risks associated with international investments and investing in smaller capital markets are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. For example, some of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain of such countries face serious exchange constraints. In addition, governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In certain cases, the government owns or controls many companies, including the largest in the country. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries which could affect private sector companies and a Fund, as well as the value of securities in the Fund.

15

 

Investment in certain emerging market securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may at times limit or preclude investment in certain emerging market securities and increase the costs and expenses of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than other classes, restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors. Certain emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors which could adversely affect a Fund. In addition, if deterioration occurs in an emerging market country’s balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require a portfolio to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to a Fund.

 

Fixed Income Securities

Each Fund may invest in fixed income securities. Fixed income securities generally pay a specified rate of interest or dividends, or a rate that is adjusted periodically by reference to some specified index or market rate or other factor. Fixed income securities may include securities issued by U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. governments and other agencies and instrumentalities, and by a wide range of private or corporate issuers. Fixed income securities include, among others, bonds, notes, bills, debentures, convertible securities, bank obligations, mortgage and other asset-backed securities, loan participations and assignments and commercial paper.

 

Because interest rates vary, it is impossible to predict the income of the Fund for any particular period. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer or group of issuers, when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to decline. Prices of longer term securities generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of shorter term securities in response to interest rate changes, particularly if such securities were purchased at a discount. It should be noted that the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities.

 

Certificates of Deposit and Bankers’ Acceptances

The Fund may invest in certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, which are considered to be short-term money market instruments.

 

Certificates of deposit are receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Bankers’ acceptances typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to enable businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have maturities of six months or less.

 

Commercial Paper

The Fund may purchase commercial paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. It may secured by letters of credit, a surety bond or other forms of collateral. Commercial paper is usually repaid at maturity by the issuer from the proceeds of the issuance of new commercial paper. As a result, investment in commercial paper is subject to the risk the issuer cannot issue enough new commercial paper to satisfy its outstanding commercial paper, also known as rollover risk. Commercial paper may become illiquid or may suffer from reduced liquidity in certain circumstances. Like all fixed income securities, commercial paper prices are susceptible to fluctuations in interest rates. If interest rates rise, commercial paper prices will decline. The short-term nature of a commercial paper investment makes it less susceptible to interest rate risk than many other fixed income securities because interest rate risk typically increases as maturity lengths increase. Commercial paper tends to yield smaller returns than longer-term corporate debt because securities with shorter maturities typically have lower effective yields than those with longer maturities. As with all fixed income securities, there is a chance that the issuer will default on its commercial paper obligation.

 

Time Deposits and Variable Rate Notes

The Fund may invest in fixed time deposits, whether or not subject to withdrawal penalties. The commercial paper obligations, which the Fund may buy are unsecured and may include variable rate notes. The nature and terms of a variable rate note (i.e., a “Master Note”) permit the Fund to invest fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to a direct arrangement between the Fund as Lender, and the issuer, as borrower. It permits daily changes in the amounts borrowed. The Fund has the right at any time to increase, up to the full amount stated in the note agreement, or to decrease the amount outstanding under the note. The issuer may prepay at any time and without penalty any part of or the full amount of the note. The note may or may not be backed by one or more bank letters of credit. Because these notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and the issuer, it is not generally contemplated that they will be traded; moreover, there is currently no secondary market for them. Except as specifically provided in the Prospectus, there is no limitation on the type of issuer from whom these notes may be purchased; however, in connection with such purchase and on an ongoing basis, a Sub-Adviser will consider the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuer, and its ability to pay principal and interest on demand, including a situation in which all holders of such notes made demand simultaneously. Variable rate notes are subject to the Fund’s investment restriction on illiquid securities unless such notes can be put back to the issuer on demand within seven days.

16

 

Insured Bank Obligations

The Fund may invest in insured bank obligations. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures the deposits of federally insured banks and savings and loan associations (collectively referred to as “banks”) up to $250,000. The Fund may purchase bank obligations that are fully insured as to principal by the FDIC. Currently, to remain fully insured as to principal, these investments must be limited to $250,000 per bank; if the principal amount and accrued interest together exceed $250,000, the excess principal and accrued interest will not be insured. Insured bank obligations may have limited marketability.

 

Call or Buy-Back Features

In addition, many fixed-income securities contain call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders. Such securities may present risks based on payment expectations. Although a Fund may typically receive a premium if an issuer were to redeem a security, if an issuer exercises such a “call option” and redeems the security during a time of declining interest rates, the Fund may realize a capital loss on its investment if the security was purchased at a premium and the Fund may have to replace the called security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased rate of return to the Fund.

 

Mortgage-Related And Other Asset Backed Securities

Mortgage-related securities are interests in pools of residential or commercial mortgage loans, including mortgage loans made by savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, commercial banks and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. Each Fund may also invest in debt securities which are secured with collateral consisting of mortgage-related securities.

 

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities

Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by GNMA) are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

 

The rate of pre-payments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective duration of the security relative to what was anticipated at the time of purchase. To the extent that unanticipated rates of pre-payment on underlying mortgages increase in the effective duration of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of such security can be expected to increase.

 

The principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities is GNMA. GNMA is a wholly owned United States Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the United States Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”).

 

Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government) include FNMA and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. FNMA purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. FHLMC was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation formerly owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks and now owned entirely by private stockholders. FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (“PCs”) which are pass-through securities, each representing an undivided interest in a pool of residential mortgages. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. FNMA and FHLMC have both recently faced scrutiny regarding their accounting practices and policies.

17

 

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities or private insurers. Such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets a Fund’s investment quality standards. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. A Fund may buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees if, through an examination of the loan experience and practices of the originator/servicers and poolers, the Fund determines that the securities meet the Fund’s quality standards. Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid, securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable.

 

Mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, are not subject to a Fund’s industry concentration restrictions, set forth below under “Investment Restrictions,” by virtue of the exclusion from that test available to all U.S. Government securities. The assets underlying such securities may be represented by a portfolio of first lien residential mortgages (including both whole mortgage loans and mortgage participation interests) or portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC. Mortgage loans underlying a mortgage-related security may in turn be insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the VA. In the case of private issue mortgage-related securities whose underlying assets are neither U.S. Government securities nor U.S. Government-insured mortgages, to the extent that real properties securing such assets may be located in the same geographical region, the security may be subject to a greater risk of default than other comparable securities in the event of adverse economic, political or business developments that may affect such region and, ultimately, the ability of residential homeowners to make payments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages.

 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family mortgage-backed securities. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”)

A CMO is a debt obligation of a legal entity that is collateralized by mortgages and divided into classes. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans or private mortgage bonds, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC or FNMA, and their income streams.

 

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, often referred to as “tranches,” with each class bearing a different stated maturity and entitled to a different schedule for payments of principal and interest, including pre-payments. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the pre-payment experience of the collateral. In the case of certain CMOs (known as “sequential pay” CMOs), payments of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including pre-payments, are applied to the classes of CMOs in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

 

In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation (“issuer”) issues multiple series (e.g., A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds (“Bonds”). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (“Collateral”). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z. The Series A, B and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the Series Z Bond is accrued and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the Series A, B or C Bond currently being paid off. When the Series A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the Series Z Bond begins to be paid currently. CMOs may be less liquid and may exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family mortgage-backed securities. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

18

 

Other Mortgage-Related Securities

Other mortgage-related securities include securities other than those described above that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property, including mortgage dollar rolls, CMO residuals or stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”). Other mortgage-related securities may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

 

Under the direction of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have entered into a joint initiative to develop a common securitization platform for the issuance of a uniform mortgage-backed security (the “Single Security Initiative”), which would generally align the characteristics of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac certificates. The Single Security Initiative was launched in June 2019, and as of this time, the long-term effects it may have on the market for mortgage-backed securities remains uncertain.

 

CMO Residuals

CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

 

The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses and any management fee of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the pre-payment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to pre-payments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest only (“IO”) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual.

 

CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has only very recently developed and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the 1933 Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a Fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.

 

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Backed Securities

Adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities (“ARMBSs”) have interest rates that reset at periodic intervals. Acquiring ARMBSs permits a Fund to participate in increases in prevailing current interest rates through periodic adjustments in the coupons of mortgages underlying the pool on which ARMBSs are based. Such ARMBSs generally have higher current yield and lower price fluctuations than is the case with more traditional fixed income debt securities of comparable rating and maturity. In addition, when prepayments of principal are made on the underlying mortgages during periods of rising interest rates, a Fund can reinvest the proceeds of such prepayments at rates higher than those at which they were previously invested. Mortgages underlying most ARMBSs, however, have limits on the allowable annual or lifetime increases that can be made in the interest rate that the mortgagor pays. Therefore, if current interest rates rise above such limits over the period of the limitation, the Fund, when holding an ARMBS, does not benefit from further increases in interest rates. Moreover, when interest rates are in excess of coupon rates (i.e., the rates being paid by mortgagors) of the mortgages, ARMBSs behave more like fixed income securities and less like adjustable rate securities and are subject to the risks associated with fixed income securities. In addition, during periods of rising interest rates, increases in the coupon rate of adjustable rate mortgages generally lag current market interest rates slightly, thereby creating the potential for capital depreciation on such securities.

 

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities

SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

 

SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including pre-payments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated pre-payments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.

19

 

Although SMBS are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, these securities were only recently developed. As a result, established trading markets have not yet developed and, accordingly, these securities may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a Fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.

 

Collateralized Debt Obligations

Each Fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which includes collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses.

 

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically have higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class.

 

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid securities, however an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but are not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) a Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

 

Mortgage “Dollar Roll” Transactions

Each Fund may enter into mortgage “dollar roll” transactions with selected banks and broker-dealers. In a dollar roll, a Fund sells mortgage-backed securities and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future day. A Fund will only enter into covered rolls. A “covered roll” is a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash or cash equivalent security position which matures on or before the forward settlement date of the dollar roll transaction. Covered rolls are not treated as a borrowing or other senior security and will be excluded from the calculation of the Fund’s borrowings and other senior securities. For financial reporting and U.S. federal income tax purposes, each Fund expects to treat mortgage dollar rolls as two separate transactions: one involving the purchase of a security and a separate transaction involving a sale. None of the Funds currently intend to enter into mortgage dollar roll transactions that are accounted for as financing.

 

Consistent with each Fund’s investment objectives and policies, the Fund also may invest in other types of asset-backed securities.

 

Bank Obligations

Bank obligations that may be purchased by each Fund include certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and fixed time deposits. A certificate of deposit is a short-term negotiable certificate issued by a commercial bank against funds deposited in the bank and is either interest-bearing or purchased on a discount basis. A banker’s acceptance is a short-term draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction. The borrower is liable for payment, as is the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Fixed time deposits are obligations of branches of U.S. or non-U.S. banks which are payable at a stated maturity date and bear a fixed rate of interest. Although fixed time deposits do not have a market, there are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in the deposit to a third party. Bank obligations may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation. Securities issued or guaranteed by non-U.S. banks and non-U.S. branches of U.S. banks are subject to many of the risks of investing in non-U.S. securities generally.

20

 

Banks are subject to extensive governmental regulations which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made and interest rates and fees which may be charged. The profitability of this industry is to a significant extent dependent upon the availability and cost of capital of funds used by the bank to finance its lending operations. Also, general economic conditions play an important part in the operations of this industry and exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers might affect a bank’s ability to meet its obligations.

 

Initial Public Offerings

Certain Funds may purchase shares in initial public offerings (“IPO”). Because IPO shares frequently are volatile in price, such a Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling shares, the Fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. Investing in IPOs has added risks because their shares are frequently volatile in price. As a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of a Fund’s portfolio.

 

Convertible Securities

Each Fund may invest in convertible securities, which are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stock or other securities, which may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities ordinarily provide a stream of income, which generate higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers but lower than the yield on non-convertible debt. Convertible securities are usually subordinate or are comparable to non-convertible securities but rank senior to common stock or shares in a company’s capital structure. The value of a convertible security is a function of (i) its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (ii) its worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock. Convertible securities are typically issued by smaller capitalized companies whose stock prices may be volatile. The price of a convertible security often reflects such variations in the price of the underlying common stock in a way that non-convertible debt does not. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.

 

High Yield Securities

Each Fund may invest in high yield securities. High yield securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. Under rating agency guidelines, any quality and protective characteristics of high yield securities will likely be outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. Medium and lower rated securities may have poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, may have a current identifiable vulnerability to default, may be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, and/or may be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. A Fund’s achievements of its objective may be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s own credit analysis than is the case with funds that invest in higher rated fixed income securities.

 

Changes in Credit Ratings. Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of a high yield security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s and S&P is set forth in Appendix A to this SAI. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P generally represent the opinions of those organizations as to the quality of the securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality, are subject to change and do not evaluate the market risk or liquidity of the securities. Ratings of a non-U.S. debt instrument, to the extent that those ratings are undertaken, are related to evaluations of the country in which the issuer of the instrument is located, which may cause a rating to be lower than would otherwise by suggested by the intrinsic creditworthiness of the issuer.

 

Liquidity. The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and participants in the market are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher-rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer, decreasing the liquidity of the high yield securities held in a Fund’s portfolio. These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of a Fund holding such securities to dispose of particular portfolio investments at the price it would wish, may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value per share and may limit the ability of such Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating net asset value.

 

Legislative and Regulatory Developments. Prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect a Fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in prior years.

21

 

High Yield Corporate Securities. While the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, such securities present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of these securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater than with investment grade securities because such securities generally are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. A Fund also may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. These risks may be greater for non-U.S. high yield securities especially those of issuers located in emerging markets.

 

The development of markets for high yield corporate securities has been a relatively recent phenomenon, especially outside the United States. In addition, these markets have undergone significant changes in the past and may undergo significant changes in the future.

 

Most of the high yield securities in which a Fund invests will bear interest at fixed rates but a Fund may also invest in securities with variable rates of interest or which involve equity features, such as contingent interest or participations based on revenues, sales or profits (i.e., interest or other payments, often in addition to a fixed rate of return, that are based on the borrower’s attainment of specified levels of revenues, sales or profits and thus enable the holder of the security to share in the potential success of the venture).

 

High Yield Non-U.S. Debt Securities. Investing in fixed and floating rate high yield non-U.S. debt securities, especially those of issuers located in emerging market countries, will expose a Fund to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social or economic changes in the countries that issue the securities or in which the issuers are located, in addition to the risks of investing in high yield securities generally. For example, the ability and willingness of sovereign obligors in emerging market countries or the governmental authorities that control repayment of their external debt to pay principal and interest on such debt when due may depend on general economic and political conditions within the relevant country. Certain countries in which a Fund may invest, especially emerging market countries, have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty or instability. Additional factors which may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, an issuer’s (including sovereign issuers) cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, and the relative size of its debt service burden. Non-U.S. issuers, including government issuers, may also have debt (such as commercial bank debt) which is senior to its high yield securities.

 

The ability of a non-U.S. sovereign obligor, especially an obligor in an emerging market country, to make timely payments on its external debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the obligor’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credit and investments, fluctuations in interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves, and the issuing government’s policy toward the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and other international agencies. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in dollars could be adversely affected. If a non-U.S. sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks and multilateral organizations, and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of these foreign governments, multilateral organizations and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of its obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds, which may further impair the obligor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluations may affect the ability of an issuer to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its debt. The risks enumerated above are particularly heightened with regard to issuers in emerging market countries.

 

As a result of the foregoing or other factors, a governmental obligor, especially an obligor in an emerging market country, may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, a Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of non-U.S. sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country.

 

Firm Commitments and When-Issued Securities

Each Fund may purchase securities on a firm commitment basis, including when-issued securities. Securities purchased on a firm commitment basis are purchased for delivery beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield. No income accrues to the purchaser of a security on a firm commitment basis prior to delivery. Such securities are recorded as an asset and are subject to changes in value based upon changes in the general level of interest rates. Purchasing a security on a firm commitment basis can involve a risk that the market price at the time of delivery may be lower than the agreed upon purchase price, in which case there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery. A Fund will only make commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable.

22

 

Floating and Variable Rate Instruments

Each Fund may each invest in floating and variable rate obligations. Floating or variable rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, and at specified intervals. The variable rate obligations in which a Fund may invest include variable rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate.

 

Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by a Fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the instrument or to a third party at par value prior to maturity. Some of the demand instruments purchased by a Fund are not traded in a secondary market and derive their liquidity solely from the ability of the holder to demand repayment from the issuer or third party providing credit support. If a demand instrument is not traded in a secondary market, the Fund will nonetheless treat the instrument as liquid for the purposes of its investment restriction limiting investments in illiquid securities unless the demand feature has a notice period of more than seven days; if the notice period is greater than seven days, such a demand instrument will be characterized as illiquid for such purpose. The Fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date the Fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument or a third party providing credit support to make payment when due. To facilitate settlement, some demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than the Fund’s custodian subject to a sub-custodian agreement approved by the Fund between that bank and the Fund’s custodian.

 

Inflation-Indexed Bonds

Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the CPI accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

 

Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of five, ten or twenty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semiannual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and inflation over the first six months were 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

 

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate. The Funds may also invest in other inflation related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation.

 

Interest-Only Securities

Interest only securities (“IOs”) are a form of stripped mortgage security. Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. The risk of early prepayment is the primary risk associated with IOs.

 

Stripped mortgage securities are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. IOs are one class of a stripped mortgage security that receives all of the interest (while another class will receive all of the principal (“POs” or “principal only class”)).

 

Loan Participations and Assignments

Each Fund may invest in loan participations and assignments. Each Fund considers loan participations and assignments to be investments in debt securities. Loan participations typically will result in a Fund having a contractual relationship only with the lender, not with the borrower. The Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. Under a loan participation, a Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. When a Fund purchases assignments of loans from lenders, the Fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan, except that under certain circumstances such rights may be more limited than those held by the assigning lender.

23

 

A Fund may have difficulty disposing of assignments and loan participations. In many cases the market for such instruments is not highly liquid, and therefore each Fund anticipates that in such cases such instruments could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and will have an adverse impact on a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular assignments or loan participations in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower or the ability to dispose of them at the price issued.

 

Money Market Instruments/Securities

Each Fund may hold money market instruments, including commercial paper, bankers acceptances, certificates of deposit and other short term debt securities as ancillary liquid assets.

 

Restricted Securities and Securities with Limited Trading Markets (Rule 144A)

Each Fund may purchase securities for which there is a limited trading market or which are subject to restrictions on resale to the public. If a Fund were to acquire substantial positions in securities with limited trading markets, the activities of the Fund could have an adverse effect upon the liquidity and marketability of such securities and the Fund might not be able to dispose of its holdings in those securities at then current market prices. Circumstances could also exist (to satisfy redemptions, for example) when portfolio securities might have to be sold by the Fund at times which otherwise might be considered to be disadvantageous so that the Fund might receive lower proceeds from such sales than it had expected to realize. Investments in securities which are “restricted” may involve added expenses to a Fund should the Fund be required to bear registration costs with respect to such securities and could involve delays in disposing of such securities which might have an adverse effect upon the price and timing of sales of such securities and the liquidity of the Fund with respect to redemptions. Restricted securities and securities for which there is a limited trading market may be significantly more difficult to value due to the unavailability of reliable market quotations for such securities, and investment in such securities may have an adverse impact on net asset value. The Funds may purchase Rule 144A securities for which there may be a secondary market of qualified institutional buyers as contemplated by Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. Liquidity determinations with respect to Rule 144A securities will be made by the Board or by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser pursuant to guidelines established by the Board. A Fund’s holdings of Rule 144A securities which are considered liquid securities will not be subject to the Fund’s applicable limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

 

Each Fund may purchase Rule 144A securities on the GSTrUE exchange and other similar exchanges. These markets provide access to only institutional and highly sophisticated investors. They allow private companies to raise capital without the disclosure requirements of public markets and follow specific SEC rules to avoid certain disclosure requirements. Under these rules, companies are able to sell securities without registering them if the issued securities are limited to qualified institutional buyers (investors with at least $100 million in assets), and there are less than 500 shareholders. The market is run through a proprietary trading system. This system allows the members of the exchange to view bid and ask offers and recent sales. Actual transactions are made through special brokers. Because of the lack of disclosure in these markets, shares are expected to trade at a discount to the equivalent price achievable if the shares were listed on a public market. Companies utilizing these markets however, believe that the ability to avoid disclosure requirements of public markets is more important than receiving the higher price available from a public exchange listing.

 

U.S. Government Securities

Each Fund may invest without limit in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or by its agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government securities in general include a wide variety of U.S. Treasury obligations consisting of bills, notes and bonds, which principally differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance. Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities are debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities established or sponsored by the U.S. government and may be backed only by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality. A Fund will invest in such obligations only where the Sub-Adviser is satisfied that the credit risk with respect to the issuer is minimal.

 

Securities issued by the U.S. Treasury generally do not involve the credit risks associated with investments in other types of fixed-income securities, although, as a result, the yields available from these securities are generally lower than the yields available from corporate fixed-income securities. Like other debt securities, however, the values of U.S. government securities change as interest rates fluctuate, which could affect a Fund’s net asset value. Since the magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater at times when the Fund’s average maturity is longer, under certain market conditions the Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, accept lower current income from short-term investments rather than investing in higher yielding long-term securities. Some U.S. Government securities (such as Fannie Maes and Freddie Macs) are guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by the relevant entity (e.g., FNMA or FHLMC) but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Therefore, the securities would generally be neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury.

24

 

Zero Coupon Securities, Pay-In-Kind Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities

Each Fund may invest in zero coupon securities, pay-in-kind bonds and deferred payment securities. Zero coupon securities are debt securities that pay no cash income but are sold at substantial discounts from their value at maturity. When a zero coupon security is held to maturity, its entire return, which consists of the amortization of discount, comes from the difference between its purchase price and its maturity value. This difference is known at the time of purchase, so that investors holding zero coupon securities until maturity know at the time of their investment what the expected return on their investment will be. Zero coupon securities may have conversion features. Each Fund also may purchase pay-in-kind bonds. Pay-in-kind bonds pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals.

 

Zero coupon securities, pay-in-kind bonds and deferred payment securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than are ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities appreciates more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciates more during periods of rising interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon securities, pay-in-kind bonds and deferred payment securities may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers. Although these instruments are generally not traded on a national securities exchange, they are widely traded by brokers and dealers and, to such extent, will not generally be considered illiquid for the purposes of a Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

 

Current U.S. federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero-coupon security, certain pay-in-kind bonds, deferred payment securities and certain other securities acquired at a discount to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for U.S. federal income and excise taxes, a Fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

 

OTHER PRACTICES

 

Borrowing

Borrowing creates an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. Furthermore, if a Fund were to engage in borrowing, an increase in interest rates could reduce the value of the Fund’s shares by increasing the Fund’s interest expense.

 

Subject to the limitations described under “Investment Limitations” below and elsewhere herein, each Fund may be permitted to borrow for temporary purposes and/or for investment purposes. Such a practice will result in leveraging of the Fund’s assets and may cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. This borrowing may be secured or unsecured. Provisions of the 1940 Act require each Fund to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets made for temporary administrative purposes. Any borrowings for temporary administrative purposes in excess of 5% of a Fund’s total assets will count against this asset coverage requirement. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations or other reasons, a Fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint if the Fund sells securities at that time. Borrowing will tend to exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio. Money borrowed will be subject to interest costs which may or may not be recovered by appreciation of the securities purchased, if any. Each Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with such borrowings or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.

 

Depositary Receipts

Depositary receipts include sponsored and unsponsored depositary receipts that are or become available, including ADRs, and GDRs and other depositary receipts. Depositary receipts are typically issued by a financial institution (“depositary”) and evidence ownership interests in a security or a pool of securities (“underlying securities”) that have been deposited with the depositary. The depositary for ADRs is typically a U.S. financial institution and the underlying securities are issued by a non-U.S. issuer. ADRs are publicly traded on exchanges or OTC in the United States and are issued through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” arrangements. In a sponsored ADR arrangement, the non-U.S. issuer assumes the obligation to pay some or all of the depositary’s transaction fees, whereas under an unsponsored arrangement, the non-U.S. issuer assumes no obligation and the depositary’s transaction fees are paid by the ADR holders. In addition, less information is available in the United States about an unsponsored ADR than about a sponsored ADR, and the financial information about a company may not be as reliable for an unsponsored ADR as it is for a sponsored ADR. In the case of GDRs, the depositary can be a non-U.S. or a U.S. financial institution and the underlying securities are issued by a non-U.S. issuer. GDRs allow companies in Europe, Asia, the United States and Latin America to offer shares in many markets around the world, thus allowing them to raise capital in these markets, as opposed to just in their home market. The advantage of GDRs is that shares do not have to be bought through the issuing company’s home exchange, which may be difficult and expensive, but can be bought on all major stock exchanges. In addition, the share price and all dividends are converted to the shareholder’s home currency. As for other depositary receipts, the depositary may be a non-U.S. or a U.S. entity, and the underlying securities may have a non-U.S. or a U.S. issuer. For purposes of each Fund’s investment policies, investments in depositary receipts will be deemed to be investments in the underlying securities. Thus, a depositary receipt representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. Depositary receipts purchased by a Fund may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted, in which case the Fund may be exposed to relative currency fluctuations.

25

 

Illiquid Securities

Each Fund may invest up to 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities. The term “illiquid securities” for this purpose means securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities. Illiquid securities are considered to include, among other things, written OTC options, repurchase agreements with maturities in excess of seven days, certain loan participation interests, fixed time deposits which are not subject to prepayment or provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits), and other securities whose disposition is restricted under the federal securities laws.

 

To the extent that liquid assignments and loan participations that a Fund holds become illiquid due to the lack of sufficient buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase. The Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, under the supervision of the Board, monitors Fund investments in assignments and loan participations and will, in such a case, consider appropriate measures to enable each Fund to maintain sufficient liquidity for operating purposes and to meet redemption requests.

 

Loans of Portfolio Securities

To the extent permissible under its investment policies, each Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers or dealers or other financial institutions in accordance with policies and procedures of the Trust, as may be adopted from time to time. The procedure for the lending of securities will typically include the following features and conditions. The collateral will consist either of U.S. Government Securities or the borrower of the securities will deposit cash with the Fund in an amount equal to a minimum of 100% of the market value of the securities lent. The Fund seek to will invest the collateral in short-term debt securities, cash equivalents (or pooled investment vehicle interests in cash, cash equivalents and short-term debt instruments) and earn the income thereon. A negotiated portion of the income so earned may be paid to securities or lending agent (e.g a bank or trust company) who arranged the loan. The collateral will be marked to market daily, and if the value of the collateral drops below the required minimum at any time, the borrower may typically be called upon to post additional collateral. These will be “demand” loans and may be terminated by the Fund at any time. The Fund will receive any payments in lieu of dividends and interest paid on the securities lent, although the U.S. federal income tax characteristics of such payment may change. The Fund’s performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned.

 

These transactions must be fully collateralized at all times, but involve some credit risk to the Fund if the borrower or the party (if any) guaranteeing the loan should default on its obligations. In the event of the default or bankruptcy of the other party to a securities loan, the Fund could experience delays in recovering the securities it lent. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities a Fund lent has increased or the value of the collateral decreased, the Fund could experience a loss. In the event of a default by the borrower, the Fund will, if permitted by law, dispose of such collateral except that the Fund may retain any such part thereof that is a security in which the Fund is permitted to invest. A Fund may also lose money if it incurs losses on the reinvestment of cash collateral.

 

Although voting rights or rights to consent with respect to the loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund, as the lender, generally retains the right to call the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned at any time on reasonable notice, and it will attempt to do so in order that the securities may be voted by the Fund if the holders of such securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters which the Sub-Adviser believes materially affect the investment; however, the Fund may not be able to recall the securities in time for the Fund to be the owner on the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote or consent on the matter. The Fund may typically also call such loans in order to sell the securities involved.

 

Repurchase Agreements

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of sale to repurchase that security from the buyer at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The resale price is in excess of the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market interest rate unrelated to the coupon rate on the purchased security. Such transactions afford a Fund the opportunity to earn a return on temporarily available cash at relatively low market risk. The Sub-Adviser monitors the value of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement to ensure that the value of the securities always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. The Fund requires that additional securities be deposited if the value of the securities purchased decreases below their resale price and does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under the repurchase obligation.

 

While the underlying security may be a bill, certificate of indebtedness, note or bond issued by an agency, authority or instrumentality of the U.S. government, the obligation of the seller is not guaranteed by the U.S. government and there is a risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the underlying security. In such event, the Fund would attempt to exercise rights with respect to the underlying security, including possible disposition in the market. However, the Fund may be subject to various delays and risks of loss, including (i) possible declines in the value of the underlying security during the period while the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, (ii) possible reduced levels of income and lack of access to income during this period, and (iii) inability to enforce rights and the expenses involved in the attempted enforcement.

26

 

Repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days will be treated as illiquid securities.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Each Fund may enter into “reverse” repurchase agreements to avoid selling securities during unfavorable market conditions to meet redemptions. Pursuant to a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund will sell portfolio securities and agree to repurchase them from the buyer at a particular date and price. A Fund pays interest on amounts obtained pursuant to reverse repurchase agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings by a Fund.

 

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS 

 

Fundamental Investment Restrictions

The following is a description of fundamental policies that may not be changed without the vote of a majority of a Fund’s outstanding voting securities. Under the 1940 Act, the vote of a majority of the outstanding securities of a company means the vote, at the annual or a special meeting of the security holders of such company duly called: (A) of 67 per centum or more of the voting securities present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50 per centum of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy; or (B) of more than 50 per centum of the outstanding voting securities of such company, whichever is less. The percentages set forth below and the percentage limitations set forth in the Prospectus apply at the time of the purchase of a security and shall not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of a purchase of such security.

 

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

A

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

B

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

C

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

D

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

E

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

F

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

G

 

Diversification   A B C D E F G
With respect to 75% of its total assets, the Fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than the U.S. Government, its agencies, instrumentalities or authorities, or repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities, and securities of other investment companies) if: (a) such purchase would, at the time, cause more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets taken at market value to be invested in the securities of such issuer or (b) such purchase would, at the time, result in more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer being held by the Fund.   X X X X X X X
Concentration****                
The Fund may not purchase securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry or group of industries, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time (excluding the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities), except that the Fund will normally invest greater than 25% of its assets in the securities of issuers in the private equity related industries.**   X            
The Fund may not purchase securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry or group of industries, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time (excluding the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities). ***     X   X X X X

27

 

Each Fund may not purchase securities which would cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry or group of industries, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time (excluding the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities), except that each RiverFront Fund may cause 25% or more of the value of its total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in exchange-traded funds to the extent exchange-traded funds are determined to be an industry or group of industries.       X        
Borrowings                
The Fund may not borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.*   X X X X X X X
Loans                
The Fund may not make loans, except that the Fund may purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with their investment objectives and policies; provided however, this restriction does not apply to repurchase agreements or loans of portfolio securities.   X X X X X X X
Underwriting Activity                
The Fund Act may not as an underwriter of securities of other issuers except that, in the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the federal securities laws.   X X X X X X X
Real Estate                
The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate, although the Fund may purchase securities of issuers which deal in real estate, securities which are secured by interests in real estate, and securities which represent interests in real estate, and they may acquire and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of their rights as a holder of debt obligations secured by real estate or interests.   X X X X X X X
Commodities   A B C D E F G
The Fund may not purchase or sell commodities, except that the Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts and options, may enter into foreign exchange contracts and may enter into swap agreements and other financial transactions not requiring the delivery of physical commodities, including but not limited to, purchasing or selling commodity exchange-traded funds or exchange-traded notes.   X   X X X X X
The Fund may not purchase or sell commodities, except that this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund, subject to restrictions described in the Fund’s Prospectus and elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information, from purchasing, selling or entering into futures contracts, options on futures contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency options, hybrid instruments, or any interest rate or securities-related or foreign currency-related hedging instrument, including swap agreements and other derivative instruments, subject to compliance with any applicable provisions of the federal securities or commodities laws.     X          

28

 

Senior Securities                

The Fund may not issue senior securities, except for permitted borrowings or as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act.*

  X X X X X X X

 

* These restrictions shall be interpreted based upon no-action letters and other pronouncements of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Under current pronouncements, certain Fund positions may be excluded from the definition of “senior security” so long as the Fund complies with applicable regulatory requirements. See “Borrowing” above.
** The ALPS Global Opportunity Fund currently intends to use the Standard Industrial Classification System (“SIC”). The use of any particular classification system is not a fundamental policy of the Fund. The Fund may use other classification titles, standards, and systems from time to time, as it determines to be in the best interests of shareholders.
*** The ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund currently intends to use the Global Industry Classification Standard (“GICS”). The use of any particular classification system is not a fundamental policy of the Fund. The Fund may use other classification titles, standards and systems from time to time as determined to be in the best interests of shareholders.
**** With respect to the concentration policies, each Fund will consider the holdings of an underlying fund, including private equity funds, when determining compliance with such concentration policy.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions of All Funds

The other restrictions set forth below, as well as each Fund’s investment objective and each of the other investment restrictions set forth in the Prospectus or this SAI and not designated as fundamental, are not fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

 

It is contrary to the Funds’ present policy, which may be changed without shareholder vote, to:

 

(1) purchase any illiquid security, including any securities whose disposition is restricted under federal securities laws and securities that are not readily marketable, if, as a result, more than 15% of a Fund’s net assets (based on then-current value) would then be invested in such securities; or

 

(2) Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position or purchase securities on margin, in excess of 10% of a Fund’s net assets (based on then-current value), except that a Fund may obtain short-term credits as necessary for the clearance of security transactions, and a Fund may make any short sales or maintain any short positions where the short sales or short positions would not constitute “senior securities” under the 1940 Act.

 

For purposes of Restriction (1) above, the staff of the SEC is presently of the view that repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are subject to this restriction. Until that position is revised, modified or rescinded, the Fund will conduct their operations in a manner consistent with this view. This limitation on investment in illiquid securities does not apply to certain restricted securities, including securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and certain commercial paper, that the Sub-Adviser has determined to be liquid under procedures approved by the Board.

 

Master/Feeder Structure

In lieu of investing directly, the Board may consider whether a Fund’s investment objective would be furthered by converting to a master/feeder structure, pursuant to which the Fund would invest all of its investable assets in an investment company having substantially the same investment objective and policies as the Fund. The master/feeder structure is an arrangement that allows several investment companies with different shareholder-related features or distribution channels, but having substantially the same investment objectives, policies and restrictions, to combine their investments by investing all of their assets in the same portfolio instead of managing them separately.

 

Conversion to a master/feeder structure may serve to attract other collective investment vehicles with different shareholder servicing or distribution arrangements and with shareholders that would not have invested in a Fund. In addition, a master/feeder structure may serve as an alternative for large, institutional investors in a Fund who may prefer to offer separate, proprietary investment vehicles and who otherwise might establish such vehicles outside of the Fund’s current operational structure. No assurance can be given, however, that the master/feeder structure will result in a Fund stabilizing its expenses or achieving greater operational efficiencies.

 

Each Fund’s methods of operation and shareholder services would not be materially affected by the investment in another investment company (“Master Fund’) having substantially the same investment objective and policies as the Fund, except that the assets of the Fund may be managed as part of a larger pool of assets. If a Fund invested all of its assets in a Master Fund, it would hold beneficial interests in the Master Fund and the Master Fund would directly invest in accordance with the objectives and policies described for the Fund. The Fund would otherwise continue its normal operation. The Board would retain the right to withdraw a Fund’s investment from a Master Fund at any time it determines that it would be in the best interest to shareholders to do so. The Fund would then resume investing directly in individual securities of other issuers or invest in another Master Fund.

29

 

If the Board determines that a conversion to a master/feeder structure is in the best interest of a Fund’s shareholders, it will consider and evaluate specific proposals prior to the implementation of the Fund’s conversion and its shareholders would be notified in advance of any such conversion.

 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

 

Purchases and sales of portfolio securities may be made as considered advisable by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, in the best interests of the shareholders. Each Fund’s portfolio turnover rate may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. Each Fund’s distributions of any net short-term capital gains realized from portfolio transactions are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. In addition, higher portfolio turnover rates can result in corresponding increases in portfolio transaction costs for a Fund. See “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” in this SAI.

 

For reporting purposes, each Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in a Fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser, as applicable, deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

 

The table below shows the portfolio turnover:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

27%

43%

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

54%

54%

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income(1)

127%

13%

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund(2)

99%

165%

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

179%

178%

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

108%

126%

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

187%

211%

 

(1) For the RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income fund, the turnover was higher for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2022 because of a combination of the reorganization of the three Riverfront funds under this Trust into a single fund, certain portfolio changes, and the addition of third party exchange-traded funds as portfolio holdings of the fund. The Adviser believes that many of these changes were one-time events.

 

(2) For the ALPS Smith Short Duration Bond Fund, the turnover was lower for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2022 because the holding periods for certain positions were extended as the fund identified more hold-to-maturity opportunities in the market environment.

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

This Policy sets forth the conditions under which Portfolio Holdings data for Financial Investors Trust (the “Trust”) on behalf of each Fund (collectively the “Funds” and each, a “Fund”) may be disclosed to Third Parties (which may include the public) and Service Providers. No data about the Funds may be disclosed except in accordance with this Policy.

 

Portfolio Holdings data includes, but is not limited to, the following information about the Funds: (i) specific securities held; (ii) industry sector breakdowns as a percentage of portfolio net assets; (iii) asset composition (e.g., equities versus bonds); (iv) U.S. versus foreign holdings percentage breakdowns and regional breakdowns (e.g., Asia, North America); and (v) top 10 portfolio holdings in order of position size, including percentage of portfolio.

 

“Third Parties” or a “Third Party” means a person other than a Service Provider, an employee of a Service Provider, a Trustee of the Board, or an officer of the Funds.

 

“Service Providers” or a “Service Provider” includes, but is not limited to, the investment adviser, sub-adviser, administrator, custodian, transfer agent, fund accountant, principal underwriter, software or technology service providers, pricing and proxy voting service providers, research and trading service providers, auditors, accountants, and legal counsel, or any other entity that has a need to know such information in order to fulfill their contractual obligations to provide services to the Funds.

30

 

Policy Overview

The Board has adopted, on behalf of the Funds, policies and procedures relating to disclosure of the Portfolio Holdings. These policies and procedures are designed to protect the confidentiality of the Portfolio Holdings’ information and to prevent the selective disclosure of such information. These policies and procedures may be modified at any time with the approval of the Board.

 

In order to protect the Funds from any trading practices or other use by a Third Party that could harm the Funds, Portfolio Holdings’ and other Fund-specific information must not be selectively released or disclosed except under the circumstances described below.

 

The Board will periodically review the list of entities that have received, other than through public channels, Portfolio Holdings data, to ensure that the disclosure of the information was in the best interest of shareholders, identify any potential for conflicts of interest and evaluate the effectiveness of its current portfolio holding policy.

 

The identity of such entities is provided below:

 

Name of Recipient

Frequency of
Holdings
Disclosure

Information
Lag

Date of
Information

Date Provided
to Recipients

ALPS Advisors, Inc.

(Adviser)

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

CoreCommodity Management, LLC

(Sub-Adviser)

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

RiverFront Investment Group, LLC

(Sub-Adviser)

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

Smith Capital Investors, LLC

(Sub-Adviser)

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

ALPS Fund Services, Inc.,

(Administrator)

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

State Street Bank & Trust Company

(Custodian)

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

Cohen & Company, Ltd.

(Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm)

As needed

None

As needed

As needed

Davis Graham & Stubbs LLP

(Counsel)

As needed

None

As needed

As needed

Bloomberg LP

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

Moody’s Analytics Knowledge Services

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

FactSet Research Systems Inc.

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

Markit WSO Corporation

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

MSCI, Inc.

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

Syntel, Inc.

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

Institutional Shareholder Services

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

SEI

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

The McNamara Group

Daily

None

Daily

Daily

 

Only officers of the Funds and their authorized agents, including, but not limited to, the Chief Compliance Officer of the investment adviser or sub-adviser, may approve the disclosure of a Fund’s Portfolio Holdings. Except as set forth under “Policy Exceptions” below, exceptions to this Policy may only be made if an officer of a Fund and its authorized agents, including, but not limited to, the Chief Compliance Officer of the investment adviser or sub-adviser, determines that the disclosure is being made for a legitimate business purpose and such disclosures must be documented and reported to the Board on a quarterly basis. In all cases, Third Parties and Service Providers are required to execute a non-disclosure agreement requiring the recipient to keep confidential any Portfolio Holdings data received and not to trade on the Confidential Portfolio Information (defined below) received. Neither the Trust nor its Service Providers (nor any persons affiliated with either) can receive any compensation or other consideration in connection with the sharing of a Fund’s Portfolio Holdings.

31

 

Disclosure of the Portfolio Holdings’ information that is not publicly available (“Confidential Portfolio Information”) may be made to Service Providers. In addition, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the investment adviser or sub-adviser may distribute (or authorize the custodian or principal underwriter to distribute) Confidential Portfolio Information to the Fund’s relevant Service Providers and to facilitate the review of the Funds by certain mutual fund analysts and ratings agencies (such as Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services) (“Rating Agencies”); provided that such disclosure is limited to the information that the investment adviser or sub-adviser believes is reasonably necessary in connection with the services to be provided. As noted above, except to the extent permitted under this Policy, Confidential Portfolio Information may not be disseminated for compensation or other consideration.

 

Before any disclosure of Confidential Portfolio Information to Service Providers or Rating Agencies is permitted, the applicable Fund’s investment adviser’s or the sub-adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer (or persons designated by the investment adviser’s or the sub-adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer) must determine in writing that, under the circumstances, the disclosure is being made for a legitimate business purpose. Furthermore, the recipient of Confidential Portfolio Information by a Service Provider or Rating Agency must be subject to a written confidentiality agreement that prohibits any trading upon the Confidential Portfolio Information or the recipient must be subject to professional or ethical obligations not to disclose or otherwise improperly use the information, such as would apply to independent registered public accounting firms or legal counsel.

 

The applicable Fund’s investment adviser or sub-adviser shall have primary responsibility for ensuring that the Portfolio Holdings’ information is disclosed only in accordance with this Policy. As part of this responsibility, the applicable Fund’s investment adviser or sub-adviser will maintain such internal policies and procedures as it believes are reasonably necessary for preventing the unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Portfolio Information.

 

Full Portfolio Holdings

Except as set forth in this Policy, the full holdings of a Fund will be disclosed on a quarterly basis on forms required to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as follows: (i) Portfolio Holdings as of the end of each fiscal year will be filed as part of the annual report filed on Form N-CSR; (ii) Portfolio Holdings as of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters will be filed in Form N-PORT (as described below); and (iii) Portfolio Holdings as of the end of the second fiscal quarter will be filed as part of the semi-annual report filed on Form N-CSR. Each fiscal quarter, the Trust will file with the SEC a complete schedule of its monthly portfolio holdings on Form N-PORT. Each Fund’s holdings as of the end of the third month of every fiscal quarter, as reported on Form N-PORT, will be publicly available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov within 60 days of the end of the fiscal quarter upon filing. The Trust’s Form N-CSRs (and historical Form N-Qs) are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income currently authorizes monthly dissemination of full holdings of the Fund after a ten (10) calendar day lag. The ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund currently authorizes monthly dissemination of full holdings of the Fund after a thirty (30) calendar day lag. The ALPS Global Opportunity Fund currently authorizes quarterly dissemination of full holdings after a forty-five (45) calendar day lag. The ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund, ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund, and ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund currently authorize quarterly dissemination of full portfolio holdings after a thirty (30) day lag.

 

Partial Portfolio Holdings

Except as set forth in this Policy, partial Portfolio Holdings information will only be provided to Third Parties for the most recent month-end period and only after a thirty (30) calendar day delay from the end of the month being provided. These holdings may include any combination of the Portfolio Holdings information, except for full Portfolio Holdings. The ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund currently authorizes quarterly dissemination of partial holdings of the Fund with a seven (7) calendar day lag.

 

Policy Exceptions

The following disclosures of Portfolio Holdings are not prohibited by this Policy:

 

Disclosures that are required by law;

Disclosures necessary for Service Providers (defined above);

Disclosure necessary for Rating Agencies to assess applicable fund ratings;

Disclosures necessary to broker-dealers or banks as part of the normal buying, selling, shorting, or other transactions in portfolio securities;

Disclosures to the applicable Fund’s or Service Providers’ regulatory authorities, accountants, or counsel;

Disclosures to the adviser or sub-adviser of a Fund of compiled data concerning accounts managed by the particular adviser or sub-adviser; or

Any portfolio holdings that precede a full public disclosure (e.g., portfolio holdings that are dated prior to the most recent quarterly disclosure) are not considered to be sensitive, proprietary information of the Fund, and therefore are not subject to the aforementioned disclosure policies.

32

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

 

Investment Decisions and Portfolio Transactions

Investment decisions for a Fund are made with a view to achieving its investment objectives. Investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular client involved (including the Fund). Some securities considered for investment by the Fund may also be appropriate for other clients served by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser. Thus, a particular security may be bought or sold for certain clients even though it could have been bought or sold for other clients at the same time. If a purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund and one or more of these clients is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among the Fund and clients in a manner deemed fair and reasonable by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser. Particularly when investing in less liquid or illiquid securities of smaller capitalization companies, such allocation may take into account the asset size of the Fund in determining whether the allocation of an investment is suitable. The Adviser or Sub-Adviser may aggregate orders for the Fund with simultaneous transactions entered into on behalf of its other clients so long as price and transaction expenses are averaged either for the portfolio transaction or for that day. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the security. In some instances, one client may sell a particular security to another client. It also sometimes happens that two or more clients simultaneously purchase or sell the same security, in which event each day’s transactions in such security are, insofar as possible, averaged as to price and allocated between such clients in a manner which in the Adviser or Sub-Adviser’s opinion is equitable to each and in accordance with the amount being purchased or sold by each. There may be circumstances when purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more clients will have an adverse effect on other clients, including a Fund.

 

Brokerage and Research Services

The Adviser or Sub-Adviser places orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, options and futures contracts and buys and sells such securities, options and futures for the Fund through a substantial number of brokers and dealers. In so doing, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser uses its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, except to the extent it may be permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions as described below. In seeking the most favorable price and execution, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, having in mind the Fund’s best interests, considers all factors it deems relevant, including, by way of illustration, price, the size of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the amount of the commission, the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved and the quality of service rendered by the broker-dealer in that or other transactions.

 

The Adviser or Sub-Adviser places orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Fund’s accounts with brokers or dealers selected by it in its discretion. In effecting purchases and sales of portfolio securities for the accounts of the Fund, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser will seek the best price and execution of the Fund’s orders. In doing so, the Fund may pay higher commission rates than the lowest available when the Adviser or Sub-Adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the broker effecting the transaction, as discussed below. Although the Fund may use a broker-dealer that sells Fund shares to effect transactions for the Fund’s portfolios, the Fund will not consider the sale of Fund shares as a factor when selecting broker-dealers to execute those transactions.

 

There is generally no stated commission in the case of fixed-income securities and other securities traded on a principal basis in the over-the-counter markets, but the price paid by the Fund usually includes an undisclosed dealer commission or markup. In underwritten offerings, the price paid by the Fund includes a disclosed, fixed commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer. Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges and other agency transactions involve the payment by the Fund of negotiated brokerage commissions. Such commissions vary among different brokers. Also, a particular broker may charge different commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of the transaction. Transactions in non-U.S. securities generally involve the payment of fixed brokerage commissions, which are generally higher than those in the United States. The purchase by the Fund of participations or assignments may be pursuant to privately negotiated transactions pursuant to which the Fund may be required to pay fees to the seller or forego a portion of payments in respect of the participation agreement.

 

Advisers or sub-advisers of investment companies and other institutional investors receive research and brokerage products and services (together, “services”) from broker-dealers which execute portfolio transactions for the clients of such advisers. Consistent with this practice, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser receives brokerage and research products and services from many broker-dealers with which the Adviser or Sub-Adviser places the Fund’s portfolio transactions. These services, which in some cases may also be purchased for cash, may include, among other things, such items as general economic and security market reviews, industry and company reviews, evaluations of securities, recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities, and services related to the execution of securities transactions. The advisory fees paid by the Fund are not reduced because the Adviser or Sub-Adviser receives such services even though the receipt of such services relieves the Adviser or Sub-Adviser from expenses it might otherwise bear. Research and brokerage services provided by broker-dealers chosen by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser to place the Fund’s portfolio transactions may be useful to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in providing services to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser’s other clients, although not all of these services may be necessarily useful and of value to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in managing the Fund. Conversely, brokerage and research products and services provided to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser by broker-dealers in connection with trades executed on behalf of other clients of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser may be useful to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in managing the Fund, although not all of these brokerage and research products and services may be necessarily useful and of value to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in managing such other clients.

33

 

In reliance on the “safe harbor” provided by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), an Adviser or Sub-Adviser may cause the Fund to pay a broker-dealer which provides “brokerage and research services” (as defined for purposes of Section 28(e)) to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction for the Fund in excess of the commission which another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the Adviser or Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the broker-dealer viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Adviser or Sub-Adviser’s overall responsibilities to the advisory accounts for which it exercises investment discretion.

 

The Adviser or Sub-Adviser may place orders for the purchase and sale of exchange-listed portfolio securities with a broker-dealer that is an affiliate of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser where, in the judgment of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, such firm will be able to obtain a price and execution at least as favorable as other qualified broker-dealers. Pursuant to rules of the SEC, a broker-dealer that is an affiliate of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser may receive and retain compensation for effecting portfolio transactions for the Fund on a securities exchange if the commissions paid to such an affiliated broker-dealer by the Fund on exchange transactions do not exceed “usual and customary brokerage commissions.” The rules define “usual and customary” commissions to include amounts which are “reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration received or to be received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period of time.” As required by applicable SEC rules, the Board has adopted procedures which are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to an affiliated broker are consistent with the foregoing standards.

 

The following tables list the total amount of brokerage commissions paid by each Fund for the fiscal year or period noted:

 

Fund Name

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

$21,694

$33,809

$73,236

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

$542,766

$275,460

$209,911

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

$14,010

$1,415

$4,979

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

$—

$—

$—

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

$—

$—

$—

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

$2,485

$3,182

$582(1)

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

$15,305

$11,205

$—(1)

(1) For the period September 16, 2020 (commencement of operations) – October 31, 2020.

 

The ALPS Global Opportunity Fund and the ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund had no transactions identified for execution primarily on the basis of research and other services provided to the Funds and therefore no related commissions. With respect to the RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income, all of those commissions were paid to brokers and dealers in part because they provided research services to RiverFront.

 

The following tables list the total amount of brokerage commissions to brokers who were affiliated with the Fund, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, as applicable, during the fiscal year or period noted below:

 

Fund Name

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

$0

$0

$0

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

$0

$0

$0

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

$0

$0

$0

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

$0

$0

$0

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

$0

$0

$0

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

$0

$0

$0(1)

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

$0

$0

$0(1)

(1) For the period September 16, 2020 (commencement of operations) – October 31, 2020.

34

 

Each Fund may acquire securities of brokers who execute the Fund’s portfolio transactions. As of October 31, 2022, certain Funds owned securities of their regular broker-dealers (or parents) as shown below:

 

Fund Name

Name of
Broker-Dealer

Market Value
of Securities Owned

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

N/A

N/A

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

N/A

N/A

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

N/A

N/A

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

N/A

N/A

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

N/A

N/A

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

N/A

N/A

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

N/A

N/A

 

PURCHASE, EXCHANGE & REDEMPTION OF SHARES

 

ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (the “Transfer Agent”), will maintain an account for each shareholder upon which the registration and transfer of shares are recorded, and any transfers shall be reflected by bookkeeping entry, without physical delivery. Confirmations of each purchase, exchange or redemption are sent to each shareholder. Quarterly statements of account are also sent, which include shares purchased as a result of a reinvestment of Fund distributions. The Transfer Agent will require that a shareholder provide requests in writing, typically accompanied by a valid signature guarantee form, when changing certain information in an account (i.e., wiring instructions, telephone privileges, etc.).

 

Share Classes

Shares of each Fund are currently divided into four share classes – Investor Class, Class A, Class C, and Class I shares - with the exception of the ALPS Global Opportunity Fund, which has one additional share class – Class R.

 

The assets received by each class of a Fund for the issue or sale of its shares and all income, earnings, profits, losses and proceeds therefrom, subject only to the rights of creditors, are allocated to, and constitute the underlying assets of, that class of the Fund. The underlying assets of each class of the Fund are segregated and are charged with the expenses with respect to that class of the Fund along with a share of the general expenses of the Fund and Trust. Any general expenses of the Fund that are not readily identifiable as belonging to a particular class of the Fund are allocated by or under the direction of the Trustees in such manner as they determine to be fair and equitable.

 

Purchase of Shares

The following table lists the sales charges that will be applied to your share purchase, subject to the breakpoint discounts indicated in the tables and described below.

 

Applicable to all Funds, except the Smith Funds

 

Purchase Amount

Class A (Sales Charge)

Class C (Sales Charge)

Less than $50,000

5.50%

None**

$50,000 but less than $100,000

4.50%

None**

$100,000 but less than $250,000

3.50%

None**

$250,000 but less than $500,000

2.50%

None**

$500,000 but less than $1 million

2.00%

None**

$1 million or greater

0.00%*

None**

* A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% may apply to shares redeemed within 12 months after a purchase in excess of $1 million.

** A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% may apply to shares redeemed within 12 months.

35

 

Applicable to the ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

 

Purchase Amount

Class A (Sales Charge)

Class C (Sales Charge)

Less than $100,000

3.25%

None**

$100,000-$249,999

3.00%

None**

$250,000 to $499,999

2.00%

None**

$500,000 to $4,999,999

0.00%

None**

Next $5,000,000 above that

0.00%

None**

Next $40 million above that

0.00%

None**

* A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% may apply to shares redeemed within 12 months after a purchase in excess of $500,000.

** A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% may apply to shares redeemed within 12 months.

 

Applicable to the ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund, ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund and ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

 

Purchase Amount

Class A (Sales Charge)

Class C (Sales Charge)

Less than $100,000

2.25%

None**

$100,000-$249,999

1.75%

None**

$250,000 to $499,999

1.25%

None**

$500,000 to $4,999,999

0.00%*

None**

Next $5,000,000 above that

0.00%*

None**

Next $40 million above that

0.00%*

None**

* A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% may apply to shares redeemed within 12 months after a purchase in excess of $500,000.

** A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% may apply to shares redeemed within 12 months.

 

Investor Class, Class I and Class R shares are offered without an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% may apply to Class C shares redeemed within 12 months.

 

Class C shares are generally offered through financial intermediary platforms including, but not limited to, traditional brokerage platforms, mutual fund wrap fee programs, bank trust platforms, and retirement platforms. Class C shares offer the ability for payment of up to 0.75% of net assets for payment to financial intermediaries for the provision of distribution services and up to 0.25% of net assets for the provision of shareholder services on behalf of their clients. In addition, the shares offer the ability for payment to financial intermediaries for the provision of administrative services, including recordkeeping, subaccounting, order processing for omnibus or networked accounts, or other shareholder services provided on behalf of their clients. The shares are not offered directly to individual investors. Consult with your financial intermediary representative for additional information on whether the shares are an appropriate investment choice. Broker-Dealers who make shares available through mutual fund wrap accounts may impose additional fees for services connected to the wrap account.

 

Class R Shares are offered through financial intermediary platforms, including, but not limited to, retirement plan platforms.

 

Dealer Commissions and Compensation

 

Class A Shares

 

Commissions (up to 1.00%) are paid to dealers who initiate and are responsible for certain Class A share purchases not subject to sales charges. For all Funds except the Smith Funds, these purchases consist of purchases of $1 million or more; purchases by employer-sponsored defined contribution-type retirement plans investing $1 million or more or with 100 or more eligible employees; and purchases made at net asset value by certain retirement plans, endowments and foundations with assets of $10 million or more. Commissions on such investments (other than IRA rollover assets that roll over at no sales charge under the fund’s IRA rollover policy as described in the prospectus) are paid to dealers at the following rates: 1.00% on amounts of less than $4 million, 0.50% on amounts of at least $4 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million. Commissions are based on cumulative investments over the life of the account with no adjustment for redemptions, transfers, or market declines. For example, if a shareholder has accumulated investments in excess of $4 million (but less than $10 million) and subsequently redeems all or a portion of the account(s), purchases following the redemption will generate a dealer commission of 0.50%.

36

 

For the Smith Funds, these purchases consist of purchases of $1 million or more; purchases by employer-sponsored defined contribution-type retirement plans investing $1 million or more or with 100 or more eligible employees; and purchases made at net asset value by certain retirement plans, endowments and foundations with assets of $10 million or more. Commissions on such investments (other than IRA rollover assets that roll over at no sales charge under the fund’s IRA rollover policy as described in the prospectus) are paid to dealers at the following rates: 1.00% on amounts of less than $5 million, 0.55% on amounts of at least $5 million but less than $10 million and 0.25% on amounts of at least $10 million. Commissions are based on cumulative investments over the life of the account with no adjustment for redemptions, transfers, or market declines. For example, if a shareholder has accumulated investments in excess of $5 million (but less than $10 million) and subsequently redeems all or a portion of the account(s), purchases following the redemption will generate a dealer commission of 0.50%.

 

Underwriting Commissions

Prior to December 1, 2018, Investor Class shares were designated as “Class A” shares, and carried a maximum initial sales charge of 5.50%.

 

The following chart reflects the total front-end sales charges paid in connection with sales of Class A shares and the amount retained by ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. for the fiscal year or period noted:

 

October 31, 2022

October 31, 2021

October 31, 2020

Total Sales
Charge

Amount
Retained

Total Sales
Charge

Amount
Retained

Total Sales
Charge

Amount
Retained

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

$16,509

$2,671

$2,251

$306

$7,857

$1,177

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

$328,224

$54,075

$185,251

$32,777

$7,766

$1,200

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

$520

$71

$262

$41

$1,538

$246

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

$12,871

$1,792

$21,219

$2,617

$0

$0

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

$6,059

$817

$24,390

$3,503

$0

$0

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0(1)

$0(1)

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

$789

$139

$3,435

$410

$0(1)

$0(1)

(1) For the period September 16, 2020 (commencement of operations) through October 31, 2020.

 

Class C Shares

APSD may compensate your financial intermediary at the time of sale at a commission rate of 1.00% of the net asset value of the Class C shares purchased. Service providers to qualified plans will not receive this amount if they receive 12b-1 fees from the time of initial investment of qualified plan assets in Class C shares.

 

Other Information

The minimum initial investments in each Fund are set forth in the Prospectus. Subsequent purchases may be made in any amount.

 

Subsequent investments may be made at any time by mailing a check to a Fund’s Transfer Agent, along with a detachable stub from the Statement of Account (or a letter providing the account number). Shareholders should be sure to write the Fund’s account number on the check. Purchases of Fund shares (initial or subsequent) may not be made by third party check.

 

Shares of a Fund may be purchased on any business day at the net asset value per share next determined after receipt of a purchase order. Share certificates will not be issued. Share purchase orders are effective on the date a Fund receives a completed Account Application Form (and other required documents) and federal funds become available.

37

 

Initial and subsequent investments may also be made by wire transfer. Shareholders should note that their bank may charge a fee in connection with transferring money by bank wire.

 

For a share purchase order for a Fund to become effective on a particular business day, prior to 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time): (i) in the case of a wire transfer payment, a purchaser must call 866.759.5679 to inform the Transfer Agent of an incoming wire transfer; or (ii) in the case of payment by check or money order, a complete share purchase order must be actually received by the Transfer Agent, and, in either case, federal funds must be received by the Transfer Agent, on behalf of the Fund. If federal funds are received by the Transfer Agent that same day, the order will be effective on that day. If a Fund receives notification of a wire transfer or a complete share purchase order after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), or if federal funds are not received by the Transfer Agent, such purchase order shall be executed as of the date that federal funds are actually received.

 

The price of a Fund’s shares and the valuation of Fund assets are discussed in “Net Asset Value.”

 

Exchanging Shares

You may exchange Fund shares of the same class of any of the following funds (each, an “ALPS-Advised Fund”), if such ALPS-Advised Fund is available for sale in your state and meets the investment criteria of the investor:

 

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

ALPS | Kotak India ESG Fund

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

 

All Classes

If you are an existing shareholder of a Fund or of an ALPS-Advised Fund, you may exchange into a new account copying your existing account registration and options. Exchanges between accounts will be accepted only if registrations are identical.

 

Exchanges must meet the minimum investment requirements described in the Prospectus.

 

Before effecting an exchange, you should read the Prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging.

 

You may also transfer between classes of a Fund if you meet the minimum investment requirements for the class into which you would like to transfer.

 

An exchange represents the sale of shares from one fund and the purchase of shares of another fund. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, this may produce a taxable gain or loss in your non-tax-advantaged account. Transfers between classes of the same Fund are generally not taxable transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but may result in tax reporting obligations.

 

The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to shareholders. Although initially there will be no limit on the number of times you may exercise the exchange privilege, each Fund reserves the right to impose such a limitation. Call or write a Fund for further details.

 

Redemption of Shares

If the Board determines that it is in the best interests of the remaining shareholders of a Fund, a Fund may pay the redemption price in whole, or in part, by a distribution in kind from the Fund, in lieu of cash, taking such securities at their value employed for determining such redemption price, and selecting the securities in such manner as such Board may deem fair and equitable. A shareholder who receives a distribution in kind may incur a brokerage commission upon a later disposition of such securities and may receive less than the redemption value of such securities or property upon sale, particularly where such securities are sold prior to maturity. However, each Fund is required to redeem shares solely for cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. Should redemptions by any shareholder exceed such limitation, the Fund will have the option of redeeming the excess in cash or in-kind. Redemption in kind is not as liquid as a cash redemption.

 

Under the 1940 Act, each Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period: (i) during which the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is closed, other than customary weekend and holiday closings; (ii) during which trading on the NYSE is restricted; or (iii) during which (as determined by the SEC by rule or regulation) an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as the SEC may permit. Each Fund may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of its shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions.

 

Redemption Procedures. Each Fund will redeem all full and fractional shares of the Fund upon request on any business day at the applicable net asset value determined after the receipt of proper redemption instructions, less any applicable redemption fees. Shareholders liquidating their holdings will receive upon redemption all dividends reinvested through the date of redemption. If notice of redemption is received on any business day, the redemption will be effective on the date of receipt. Payment will ordinarily be made by wire on the next business day, but, in any case, within no more than seven business days from the date of receipt. If the notice is received on a day that is not a business day or after the close of regularly scheduled trading on the NYSE, the redemption notice will be deemed received as of the next business day. The value of shares at the time of redemption may be more or less than the shareholder’s cost.

38

 

No redemption requests will be processed until a Fund has received a completed Purchase Application, and no redemption of shares purchased by check will be made until all checks received for such shares have been collected, which may take up to 10 days or more.

 

The application of short-term redemption fees and waivers may vary among intermediaries. If you purchase or sell Fund shares through an intermediary, you should contact your intermediary for more information on whether the short-term redemption fee will be applied to redemptions of your shares.

 

Each Fund reserves the right to modify or eliminate the short-term redemption fee or waivers at any time. Investment advisers or their affiliates may pay short-term redemption fees on behalf of investors in managed accounts. Unitized group accounts consisting of qualified plan assets may be treated as a single account for redemption fee purposes.

 

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (“CDSC”). Class A share purchases in excess of $1 million, or $500,000 for the Smith Funds, redeemed within 12 months of initial purchase and any Class C share purchases redeemed within 12 months of initial purchase may be charged a CDSC of 1%. Each Fund may waive the imposition of a CDSC on redemption of Fund shares under the following circumstances and conditions:

 

Redemptions following the death or permanent disability (as defined by Section 72(m)(7) of the Code) of a shareholder if made within one year of death or the initial determination of permanent disability. The waiver is available only for shares held at the time of death or initial determination of permanent disability: and

 

Required minimum distributions from a tax-advantaged retirement plan or an individual retirement account (IRA) as required under the Code. The waiver of the CDSC for required distributions will be as a percentage of assets held in the Fund.

 

If you think you may be eligible for a CDSC waiver, contact your financial intermediary. You must notify the Fund prior to the redemption request to ensure your receipt of the waiver.

 

Rule 12b-1 Plans

As described in the Prospectus, each Fund has adopted a separate plan of distribution for Investor Class, Class A and Class C shares, pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (each, a “Plan” and collectively, the “Plans”). In addition, the ALPS Global Opportunity Fund has adopted a separate Plan for its Class R shares.

 

The Plans allow each Fund, as applicable, to use Investor Class, Class A, Class C, and/or Class R assets to pay fees in connection with the distribution and marketing of Investor Class, Class A, Class C, or Class R shares and/or the provision of on-going shareholder services to Investor Class, Class A, Class C, or Class R shareholders. The Plan permits payment for services in connection with the administration of plans or programs that use Investor Class, Class A, Class C, and/or Class R shares of the Fund as their funding medium and for related expenses.

 

The Plans permit each Fund to make total payments at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of a Fund's average daily net assets attributable to its Investor Class and Class A shares,1.00% of a Fund's average daily net assets attributable to its Class C shares, and 0.50% of the ALPS Global Opportunity Fund's average daily net assets attributable to its Class R shares. Because these fees are paid out of a Fund's Investor Class, Class A, Class C or Class R assets on an ongoing basis, over time they will increase the cost of an investment in Investor Class, Class A, Class C and Class R shares, and Plan fees may cost an investor more than other types of sales charges.

 

Under the terms of the Plan, the Trust is authorized to make payments to APSD for remittance to financial intermediaries, as compensation for distribution and/or shareholder services performed by such entities for their customers who are shareholders in the Fund. APSD is entitled to retain some or all fees payable under the Plan in certain circumstances, including when there is no broker of record or when certain qualification standards have not been met by the broker of record.

 

APSD is entitled to retain all fees paid under the Class C Plan for the first 12 months on any investment in Class C Shares to recoup its expenses with respect to the payment of commissions on sales of Class C Shares. Financial intermediaries will become eligible for compensation under the Class C Plan beginning in the 13th month following the purchase of Class C Shares. APSD may, pursuant to a written agreement between APSD and a particular financial intermediary, pay such financial intermediary 12b-1 fees prior to the 13th month following the purchase of Class C Shares should the financial intermediary forgo the commission.

 

The Plans may be terminated by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of shares of a Fund. The Plan may be amended by vote of the relevant Trustees, including a majority of the relevant Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose. Any change in a Plan that would materially increase the fees payable thereunder by the relevant class of shares of a Fund requires approval by a vote of the holders of a majority of such shares outstanding. The Trustees review quarterly written reports of such costs and the purposes for which such costs have been incurred.

39

 

Each Plan will continue in effect for successive one-year periods, provided that each such continuance is specifically approved (i) by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust who have no financial interest in the operation of the Plan and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the entire Board cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose.

 

Amounts Expensed Under the 12b-1 Plan

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022 the total amounts paid by the Investor Class shares, Class A shares, Class C shares, and Class R shares of the Funds to APSD (substantially all of which APSD paid out as compensation to broker-dealers and other service providers) under each Class’ respective Plan are summarized below.

 

Amounts Expensed Under the 12b-1 Plan

For the Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2022

 

Advertising and
Literature

Printing and
Postage

Payment to
Dealers

Compensation
to Sales
Personnel

Total 12b-1
Payments

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

Investor Class Shares

$39,420

$39,420

Class A Shares

$10,848

$10,848

Class C Shares

$55,710

$55,710

Class R Shares

$26,909

$26,909

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities® Strategy Fund

Investor Class Shares

$235,911

$235,911

Class A Shares

$32,611

$32,611

Class C Shares

$181,156

$181,156

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

Investor Class Shares

$224,009

$224,009

Class A Shares

$24,447

$24,447

Class C Shares

$39,686

$39,686

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

Investor Class Shares

$17,993

$17,993

Class A Shares

$48,821

$48,821

Class C Shares

$41,118

$41,118

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

Investor Class Shares

$20,671

$20,671

Class A Shares

$42,248

$42,248

Class C Shares

$26,195

$26,195

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

Investor Class Shares

$1,790

$1,790

Class A Shares

$2,894

$2,894

Class C Shares

$5,740

$5,740

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

Investor Class Shares

$16,072

$16,072

Class A Shares

$2,823

$2,823

Class C Shares

$6,243

$6,243

40

 

Shareholder Services Plan for Investor Class and Class A Shares

The ALPS Global Opportunity Fund, the ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund, ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund and the Smith Funds have each adopted a shareholder services plan (an “Shareholder Services Plans”) with respect to the Fund’s Investor Class and Class A shares. Under the Shareholder Services Plans, each of the aforementioned Funds is authorized to pay financial intermediaries Fund affiliates (“Participating Organizations”), an aggregate fee in an amount not to exceed on an annual basis 0.25% for Investor Class or Class A shares of the average daily net asset value of the Investor Class or Class A shares of a Fund attributable to or held in the name of a Participating Organization for its clients as compensation for providing service activities pursuant to an agreement with a Participating Organization. Any amount of such payment not paid during a Fund’s fiscal year for such service activities shall be reimbursed to such Fund as soon as practicable. The RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income does not have an Investor Class or Class A Shareholder Services Plan.

 

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

 

The business and affairs of each Fund are managed under the direction of its Board. The Board approves all significant agreements between a Fund and the persons or companies that furnish services to the Fund, including agreements with its distributor, Adviser, Sub-Adviser, administrator, custodian and transfer agent. The day-to-day operations of each Fund are delegated to the Fund’s Adviser, Sub-Adviser and administrator.

 

The name, address, age and principal occupations for the past five years of the Trustees and officers of the Trust are listed below, along with the number of portfolios in the Fund complex overseen by and the other directorships held by each Trustee.

 

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

 

Name,
Address* &
Year of Birth

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

Term of Office**
and Length of Time Served

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years***

Number of
Funds in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee ****

Other Directorships Held
by Trustee During Past 
5 Years***

Mary K. Anstine,

1940

Trustee and Chairman Ms. Anstine was elected at a special meeting of shareholders held on March 21, 1997 and re-elected at a special meeting of shareholders held on August 7, 2009. Ms. Anstine was appointed Chairman of the Board at the June 6, 2017 meeting of the Board of Trustees. Ms. Anstine is Trustee/Director of AV Hunter Trust and Colorado Uplift Board. 59 Ms. Anstine is a Trustee of ALPS ETF Trust (23 funds); ALPS Variable Investment Trust (7 funds); and Segall Bryant & Hamill Trust through December 2020 (14 funds).
Edmund J.
Burke,
1961
Trustee Mr. Burke was elected as Trustee at a special meeting of shareholders held on August 7, 2009. Mr. Burke joined ALPS in 1991 and served as the President and Director of ALPS Holdings, Inc., and ALPS Advisors, Inc., and Director of ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (“ALPS”), and ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. (collectively, the “ALPS Companies”). Mr. Burke retired from the ALPS Companies in June 2019. Mr. Burke is currently a partner at ETF Action, a web-based system that provides data and analytics to registered investment advisers, (since 2020) and a Director of Alliance Bioenergy Plus, Inc.,  a technology company focused on emerging technologies in the renewable energy, biofuels, and bioplastics technology sectors (since 2020). Mr. Burke is deemed an interested Trustee by virtue of his prior positions with the ALPS Companies. 54 Mr. Burke is a Trustee of ALPS ETF Trust (23 funds); Clough Global Dividend and Income Fund (1 fund); Clough Global Equity Fund (1 fund); Clough Global Opportunities Fund (1 fund); Clough Funds Trust (1 fund); Liberty All-Star Equity Fund (1 fund); and Director of the Liberty All-Star Growth Fund, Inc. (1 fund).

Jeremy W. Deems,

1976

Trustee Mr. Deems was appointed as a Trustee at the March 11, 2008 meeting of the Board of Trustees and elected at a special meeting of shareholders held on August 7, 2009. Mr. Deems is the Co-Founder and Chief Financial Officer of Green Alpha Advisors, LLC, a registered investment advisor, and Co-Portfolio Manager of the AXS Green Alpha ETF. 59 Mr. Deems is a Trustee of ALPS ETF Trust (23 funds); ALPS Variable Investment Trust (7 funds); Clough Funds Trust (1 fund).

41

 

Jerry G. Rutledge,

1944

Trustee Mr. Rutledge was elected at a special meeting of shareholders held on August 7, 2009. Mr. Rutledge is the President and owner of Rutledge’s Inc., a retail clothing business. 30 Mr. Rutledge is a Trustee of Clough  Global Dividend and Income Fund (1 fund); Clough Global Equity Fund (1 fund); Clough Global Opportunities Fund (1 fund); and Principal Real Estate Income Fund (1 fund).

Michael “Ross” Shell,

1970

Trustee Mr. Shell was elected at a special meeting of shareholders held on August 7, 2009. Mr. Shell is Founder and CEO of Red Idea, LLC, a strategic consulting/early stage venture firm (since June 2008). Mr. Shell serves on the Board of Directors of TalkBox, a phone/privacy booth company (since 2018) and DLVR, a package security company (since 2018). Mr. Shell served on the Advisory Board, St. Vrain School District Innovation Center (from 2015-2018). Mr. Shell graduated with honors from Stanford University with a degree in Political Science. 29 None.

 

 

42

 

OFFICERS

 

Name, Address*
& Year of Birth

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

Term of Office**
and Length of
Time Served

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years***

Lucas Foss,
1977
President Mr. Foss was appointed President of the Trust by unanimous written consent of the Board of Trustees on August 19, 2022. Mr. Foss rejoined ALPS in November 2017 and is currently Senior Director and Fund Chief Compliance Officer. Prior to his current role, Mr. Foss served as the Director of Compliance at Transamerica Asset Management (2015-2017) and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer at ALPS (2012-2015). Mr. Foss is President of ALPS Series Trust and Chief Compliance Officer of Clough Global Funds; Clough Funds Trust; MVP Private Markets Funds; Bluerock Total Income + Real Estate Fund; Bluerock High Income Institutional Credit Fund; SPDR® S&P 500® ETF Trust, SPDR® Dow Jones® Industrial Average ETF Trust, SPDR® S&P MIDCAP 400® ETF Trust.
Jennell Panella,
1974
Treasurer Ms. Panella was appointed Treasurer of the Trust at the September 15, 2020 meeting of the Board of Trustees Ms. Panella joined ALPS in June 2012 and is currently Fund Controller of ALPS Fund Services, Inc. Prior to joining ALPS, Ms. Panella served as Financial Reporting Manager for Parker Global Strategies, LLC (2009-2012). Because of her position with ALPS, Ms. Panella is deemed an affiliate of the Trust as defined under the 1940 Act.
Ted Uhl,
1974
Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) Mr. Uhl was appointed CCO of the Trust at the June 8, 2010 meeting of the Board of Trustees. Mr. Uhl joined ALPS in October 2006, and is currently Deputy Compliance Officer of ALPS. Prior to his current role, Mr. Uhl served as Senior Risk Manager for ALPS from October 2006 until June 2010. Before joining ALPS, Mr. Uhl served a Sr. Analyst with Enenbach and Associates (RIA), and a Sr. Financial Analyst at Sprint. Because of his position with ALPS, Mr. Uhl is deemed an affiliate of the Trust as defined under the 1940 Act. Mr. Uhl is also CCO of Alpha Alternative Asset Fund, Centre Funds, GraniteShares ETF Trust and XAI Octagon Floating Rate & Alternative Income Term Trust. Mr. Uhl formerly served as CCO of the Boulder Growth & Income Fund, Inc., Index Funds, Reaves Utility Fund and Reality Shares ETF Trust, and Reaves Utility Income Fund.

Michael P. Lawlor,
1969

Secretary Mr. Lawlor was appointed Secretary of the Trust at the December 13, 2022 meeting of the Board of Trustees. Mr. Lawlor joined ALPS in January 2022, and is currently Vice President and Principal Legal Counsel. Prior to joining ALPS, Mr. Lawlor was Lead Fund Counsel at Brighthouse Financial (insurance company) (January 2007-April 2021). Mr. Lawlor also serves as Secretary of ALPS ETF Trust and ALPS Variable Investment Trust.
* All communications to Trustees and Officers may be directed to Financial Investors Trust c/o 1290 Broadway, Suite 1000, Denver, CO 80203.

** This is the period for which the Trustee or Officer began serving the Trust. Each Trustee serves an indefinite term, until such Trustees successor is elected and appointed, or such Trustee resigns or is deceased. Officers are elected on an annual basis.

*** Except as otherwise indicated, each individual has held the office shown or other offices in the same company for the last five years.

**** The Fund Complex includes all series of the Trust, currently 29, and any other investment companies for which any Trustee serves as trustee for and for which ALPS Advisors, CoreCommidity, RiverFront, Kotak, or Smith Capital provides investment advisory services (currently 33 funds, 0 fund, 4 funds, 0 funds, and 0 funds, respectively).

 

Additional Information About the Trustees’ Qualifications and Experience

The following is a brief discussion of the specific education, experience, qualifications, or skills that led to the conclusion, as of the date of this SAI, that each person identified below should serve as a Trustee for the Trust.

 

Mary K. Anstine

 

Ms. Anstine has been an Independent Trustee of the Trust since March 21, 1997. Currently retired, Ms. Anstine has over 30 years of financial services experience. Most recently, she was President and CEO of HealthONE Alliance, Denver, Colorado from 1994 through 2004. From 1964 to 1994, Ms. Anstine held positions leading up to Executive Vice President of First Interstate Bank. She was selected to serve as a Trustee of the Trust based on her business and financial services experience.

 

Jeremy W. Deems

 

Mr. Deems has been an Independent Trustee of the Trust since March 11, 2008. In 2007, Mr. Deems co-founded Green Alpha Advisors, LLC, a registered investment adviser, for which he currently serves as Chief Financial Officer. Prior to co-founding Green Alpha Advisors, Mr. Deems was CFO of Forward Management, LLC, investment advisor to the Forward Funds and Sierra Club Mutual Funds, where he was also co-portfolio manager to the Sierra Club Stock Fund. In addition, he was the CFO of ReFlow Management Co., LLC. Prior to joining Forward and ReFlow, he served as Regional Marketing Assistant within the Investment Consulting Services Group at Morgan Stanley Dean Witter. Mr. Deems received a B.S. and a MBA in finance from Saint Mary’s College of California and was a licensed Certified Public Accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants from 2001 to 2016. He was selected to serve as a Trustee of the Trust based on his business, financial services, accounting and investment management experience.

 

Jerry G. Rutledge

 

Mr. Rutledge has been an Independent Trustee of the Trust since August 7, 2009. Mr. Rutledge is the President and owner of Rutledge’s Inc., an upscale men’s clothing store, which he opened in 1967. Mr. Rutledge has over 50 years of business experience. He served on the CU Board of Regents from 1995 to 2007 and currently serves as a Director of the University of Colorado Hospital. Mr. Rutledge is a graduate of the University of Colorado. He was selected to serve as a Trustee of the Trust based on his business experience.

43

 

Michael “Ross” Shell

 

Mr. Shell has been an Independent Trustee of the Trust since August 7, 2009. In 2008, Mr. Shell founded Red Idea, LLC, a strategic consulting/early stage venture firm, for which he currently serves as CEO. From 1999 to 2009, he was a part-owner and Director of Tesser, Inc., a brand agency, during which time he also served as Director, Marketing and Investor Relations, of Woodbourne, a REIT/real estate hedge fund and private equity firm. Prior to this, he worked as a business strategy consultant, he was on the Global Client Services team of IDEO, and he was President of Tesser, Inc. Mr. Shell graduated with honors from Stanford University with a degree in Political Science. He was selected to serve as a Trustee of the Trust based on his business, financial services and investment management experience.

 

Edmund J. Burke

 

Mr. Burke has been an Independent Trustee of the Trust since 2022. Prior to that he served as an Interested Trustee since August 7, 2009. Mr. Burke joined ALPS Fund Services, Inc., the Fund’s administrator, in 1991 and retired in 2019. He previously served as Director of ALPS Holdings, Inc., ALPS Fund Services, Inc., ALPS Advisors, Inc., ALPS Distributors, Inc., the Fund’s principal underwriter, and ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. Mr. Burke has over 20 years of financial services and investment management experience. Before joining ALPS, Mr. Burke was a Regional Vice President for the Pioneer Funds in Boston and has also worked with Fidelity. Mr. Burke has a B.A. in Economics from the University of New Hampshire. He was selected to serve as a Trustee of the Trust based on his business, financial services and investment management experience.

 

None of the Independent Trustees own securities in the Adviser, any of the Sub-Advisers or Distributor, nor do they own securities in any entity directly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser, any of the Sub-Advisers or Distributor.

 

Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Overall responsibility for oversight of the Fund rests with the Trustees. The Trust has engaged the Adviser to manage the Fund on a day-to day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers in the operations of the Fund in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of state and other laws and the Trust’s charter. The Board is currently composed of five members, four of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board meets at regularly scheduled quarterly meetings each year. In addition, the Board may hold special in-person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. As described below, the Board has established a Nominating and Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may establish ad hoc committees or working groups from time to time, to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities. The Independent Trustees have also engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.

 

The Board has appointed Mary K. Anstine, an Independent Trustee, to serve in the role of Chairman. The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with the Adviser, other service providers, counsel and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Chairman and may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board reviews matters related to its leadership structure annually. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate given the Trust’s characteristics and circumstances. These characteristics include, but are not limited to, the Trust’s multiple series of fund shares, each fund’s single portfolio of assets, each fund’s net assets, the services provided by the funds’ service providers, the formal and informal functions of the various Independent Trustees both during and between Board meetings, the existence of the Trust for over 15 years and the long board service of some of the Independent Trustees, which in some cases date back to the inception of the Trust.

 

Risk oversight forms part of the Board’s general oversight of the Fund and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. As part of its regular oversight of the Fund, the Board, directly or through a Committee, interacts with and reviews reports from, among others, Fund management, the Adviser, the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, the Fund’s legal counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund regarding risks faced by the Fund. The Board, with the assistance of Fund management and the Adviser, reviews investment policies and risks in connection with its review of the Fund’s performance. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who oversees the implementation and testing of the Fund’s compliance program and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Fund and its principal service providers. In addition, as part of the Board’s periodic review of the Fund’s advisory, sub-advisory and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of these service providers’ operations and the functions for which they are responsible.

 

None of the Independent Trustees own securities in the Adviser or the Distributor, nor do they own securities in any entity directly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser or the Distributor.

 

Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee which considers such matters pertaining to the Trust’s books of account, financial records, internal accounting controls and changes in accounting principles or practices as the Trustees may from time to time determine. The Audit Committee also considers the engagement and compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm (“Firm”) and ensures receipt from the Firm of a formal written statement delineating relationships between the Firm and the Trust, consistent with Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Rule 3526. The Audit Committee also meets privately with the representatives of the Firm to review the scope and results of audits and other duties as set forth in the Audit Committee’s Charter. The Audit Committee members, each of whom are Independent Trustees are: Ms. Anstine and Messrs. Deems (Chairman), Rutledge and Shell. The Audit Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022.

44

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee meets periodically to advise and assist the Board in selecting nominees to serve as trustees of the Trust. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes the Board generally benefits from diversity of background, experience and views among its members, and considers this a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy in this regard. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee also advises and assists the Board in establishing, implementing and executing policies, procedures and practices that assure orderly and effective governance of the Trust and effective and efficient management of all business and financial affairs of the Trust. Members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are currently: Ms. Anstine (Chairman) and Messrs. Deems, Rutledge and Shell. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board met two times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022.

 

Shareholder Nominations. The Board will consider shareholder nominees for Trustees. All nominees must possess the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience for serving on the Board. In particular, the Board and its Independent Trustees will consider each nominee’s integrity, educational and professional background, understanding of the Trust’s business on a technical level and commitment to devote the time and attention necessary to fulfill a Trustee’s duties. All shareholders who wish to recommend nominees for consideration as Trustees shall submit the names and qualifications of the candidates to the Secretary of the Trust by writing to: Financial Investors Trust, 1290 Broadway, Suite 1000, Denver, Colorado, 80203.

 

As of December 31, 2022, the dollar range of equity securities in the Funds beneficially owned by Independent Trustees were as follows: 

 

Independent Trustees

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in All Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family
of Investment Companies

Mary K. Anstine

None

$10,001 - $50,000

Edmund J. Burke None None

Jeremy W. Deems

None

None

Jerry G. Rutledge

None

over $100,000

Michael “Ross” Shell

None

$10,001 - $50,000

 

Remuneration of Trustees.

Effective January 1, 2022, all Trustees receive a quarterly retainer of $33,500, plus $12,500 for each regular quarterly Board meeting attended. Trustees receive $5,000 for each non-quarterly special Board meeting attended. Trustees receive $5,000 for each non-quarterly special Committee meeting attended for which a corresponding non-quarterly special Board meeting is not held. The Chairman of the Board and the Chairman of the Audit Committee also receive an additional quarterly retainer of $7,500 and $6,000, respectively. Previously, all Trustees received a quarterly retainer of $31,000, plus $10,000 for each regular or special in-person Board or Committee meeting attended, and $4,000 for each special telephonic Board or Committee meeting attended. The Chairman of the Board and the Chairman of the Audit Committee also received an additional quarterly retainer of $5,000. The Trustees are also reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at meetings. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022, the Trustees received the following compensation:

45

 

Aggregate
Compensation From
the Trust

Pension Or
Retirement Benefits
Accrued As Part of
Fund Expenses

Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement

Aggregate
Compensation From
The Trust And Fund
Complex Paid To
Trustees*

Mary K. Anstine

$220,000

$0

$0

$382,750

Edmund J. Burke $194,000 $0 $0 $388,000

Jeremy W. Deems

$218,500

$0

$0

$411,500

Jerry G. Rutledge

$194,000

$0

$0

$238,000

Michael “Ross” Shell

$194,000

$0

$0

$194,000

* The Fund Complex includes all series of the Trust, currently 29, and any other investment companies for which any Trustee serves as trustee for and for which ALPS Advisors, CoreCommidity, RiverFront, Kotak, or Smith Capital provides investment advisory services (currently 33 funds, 0 fund, 4 funds, 0 funds, and 0 funds, respectively).

 

No officer, trustee or employee of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser or any of its affiliates receives any compensation from the Fund for serving as an officer or trustee of the Fund.

 

INVESTMENT MANAGERS

 

ALPS Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser”), located in Denver, Colorado, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ALPS Holdings, Inc. (“ALPS Holdings”). ALPS Holdings, through its affiliates, provides a wide range of fund services, including fund accounting, transfer agency, shareholder services, active distribution, legal, tax and compliance services. The Adviser’s principal address is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1000, Denver, CO 80203. As of December 31, 2022, ALPS Advisors, Inc. manages over $19.3 billion in assets . ALPS Holdings is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of SS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc. (“SS&C”), a publicly traded company listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which acquired ALPS Holdings’ parent company DST Systems, Inc. in a transaction which closed on April 16, 2018.

 

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund 

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Fund pays the Adviser an annual management fee of 0.85% based on the Fund’s average daily net assets. The management fee is paid on a monthly basis. The initial term of the Advisory Agreement is two years. The Board may extend the Advisory Agreement for additional one-year terms. The Board, shareholders of the Fund, or the Adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreement upon sixty (60) calendar days' notice. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board's approval of the renewal of the Fund's Advisory Agreement is provided in the Fund's annual report to shareholders for the period ended October 31, 2022. The Adviser has developed and maintains a global Listed Private Equity Index and has extensive investment experience and developed proprietary research on the universe of listed private equity companies and intends to select Listed Private Equity Companies for the Fund, and their respective weightings within the Fund, based upon a variety of criteria, including: valuation metrics and methodology, financial data, historical performance, management, portfolio concentration, liquidity, and the need for diversification within the Fund's portfolio (i.e., stage of investment, type of capitalization instruments held, industry focus and geographic focus). The Adviser's principal address is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1000, Denver, CO 80203.

 

Prior to January 3, 2023, Red Rocks Capital LLC served as the investment sub-adviser to the Fund. Red Rocks Capital LLC received an annual sub-advisory management fee of 0.57% based on the Fund's average daily net assets. Red Rocks Capital LLC was paid by the Adviser and not the Fund.

 

The table below shows the management fees for ALPS Advisors for the periods indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020 

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

Gross Advisory Fees

$714,163

$888,320

$1,166,796

Waiver of Advisory Fees

$0

$0

$0

Recoupment

$0

$0

$0

Net Advisory Fees

$714,163

$888,320

$1,166,796

 

The table below shows the sub-advisory fees paid to Red Rocks for the periods indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

Gross Sub-Advisory Fees

$476, 082

$592,214

$777,867

Waiver of Sub-Advisory Fees

$0

($6,828)

$0

Recoupment

$0

$6,828

$0

Net Sub-Advisory Fees

$476, 082

$592,214

$777,867

 

As described in the Prospectus under “Fees and Expenses,” the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser have contractually agreed to limit certain of the Fund’s expenses to 1.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets until February 28, 2024. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser will be permitted to recapture, on a class-by-class basis, expenses they have borne through the letter agreement to the extent that the Fund’s expenses in later periods fall below the annual rates set forth in this letter agreement or in previous letter agreements; provided however, that such recapture payments do not cause the Fund’s expense ratio (after recapture) to exceed the lesser of (i) the expense cap in effect at the time of the waiver and (ii) the expense cap in effect at the time of the recapture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund will not be obligated to pay any such deferred fees and expenses more than thirty-six months after the date on which the fees or expenses were deferred, as calculated on a monthly basis. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser may not discontinue the arrangements described above prior to the dates described above without the approval of the Fund’s Board of Trustees.

46

 

Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser shall not be liable for losses or damages incurred by the Fund, unless such losses or damages are attributable to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement (“disabling conduct”). In addition, the Fund will indemnify the Adviser and its affiliates and hold each of them harmless against any losses or damages not resulting from disabling conduct.

 

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

The Adviser has delegated daily management of Fund assets to CoreCommodity Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser” or “CoreCommodity Management”), who is paid by the Adviser and not the Fund. The Sub-Adviser is engaged to manage the investments of the Fund in accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations and investment guidelines established by the Adviser and the Board. The Sub-Adviser is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 engaged in the business of providing investment management and portfolio management services to investment funds and managed accounts. The Sub-Adviser is owned by CoreCommodity Capital, LLC, which is controlled by the Sub-Adviser’s senior management. The Sub-Adviser’s address is 680 Washington Boulevard, 11th Floor, Stamford, Connecticut 06901. “CompleteCommodities” is a registered mark of CoreCommodity Management, LLC.

 

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Fund will pay the Adviser an annual management fee of 0.85% based on the Fund’s average daily net assets, less any amounts payable for advisory services, over the same corresponding period, to the Adviser by that certain offshore subsidiary of the Fund named the CoreCommodity Management Cayman Commodity Fund Ltd. (the “Subsidiary”) pursuant to that certain Investment Advisory Agreement between the Subsidiary and the Adviser, which agreement specifies an advisory fee rate in the amount of 0.85% of the average daily net assets of the Subsidiary. The management fee is paid on a monthly basis. The initial term of the Advisory Agreement is two years. The Board, shareholders of the Fund or the Adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreement upon sixty (60) days’ notice.

 

The Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser an annual sub-advisory management fee pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement as follows: The Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser an annual management fee of 0.75% based on the Fund’s average daily net assets. The sub-advisory management fee is paid on a monthly basis. The Adviser is required to pay all fees due to the Sub-Adviser out of the management fee the Adviser receives from the Fund.

 

The Subsidiary has entered into a separate advisory agreement with Adviser (the “Subsidiary Advisory Agreement”), and a separate sub-advisory agreement with the Sub-Adviser, the Fund’s and the Subsidiary’s investment sub-adviser, for the management of the Subsidiary’s portfolio pursuant to which the Subsidiary is obligated to pay the Adviser a management fee at the same rate that the Fund pays the Adviser for services provided to the Fund. The Adviser has agreed to waive the management fee it receives from the Fund in an amount equal to the management fee paid by the Subsidiary. The Sub-Adviser has agreed to waive the sub-advisory fee it receives from the Adviser for services provided to the Fund in an amount equal to the sub-advisory fee it receives from the Adviser for services provided to the Subsidiary. These waivers may not be terminated without the consent of the Board of the Fund.

 

The initial term of the Sub-Advisory Agreement and the Subsidiary Advisory Agreement is two years and may be reapproved annually thereafter. The Board, shareholders of the Fund, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement and the Subsidiary Advisory Agreement upon sixty (60) days’ notice.

 

The Sub-Adviser has agreed to waive and/or reimburse fees or expenses in order to limit Total Annual Fund operating expenses after fee waiver/ expense reimbursements (excluding Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees, Shareholder Services Fees, Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, brokerage expenses, interest expenses, taxes, and extraordinary expenses) to 1.05% for Investor Class, Class A and Class C shares and 1.15% for Class I shares of average daily net assets through February 28, 2024. The Sub-Adviser will be permitted to recapture, on a class-by-class basis, expenses it has borne through the agreement described above to the extent that the Fund’s expenses in later periods fall below the annual rates set forth in this letter agreement or in previous letter agreements; provided however, that such recapture payments do not cause the Fund’s expense ratio (after recapture) to exceed the lesser of (i) the expense cap in effect at the time of the waiver and (ii) the expense cap in effect at the time of the recapture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund will not be obligated to pay any such deferred fees and expenses more than thirty-six months after the date on which the fees or expenses were deferred, as calculated on a monthly basis. This waiver may not be discontinued prior to February 28, 2024 without approval by the Board of the Fund.

 

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ renewal of the Fund’s Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement is provided in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the period ended October 31, 2022.

 

Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser shall not be liable for losses or damages incurred by the Fund, unless such losses or damages are attributable to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement (“disabling conduct”). In addition, the Fund will indemnify the Adviser and its affiliates and hold each of them harmless against any losses or damages not resulting from disabling conduct.

47

 

Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement and the Subsidiary Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall not be liable for losses or damages incurred by the Fund or the Subsidiary, as applicable, unless such losses or damages are attributable to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Sub-Adviser or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under the Sub-Advisory Agreement or the Subsidiary Advisory Agreement (“disabling conduct”). In addition, the Fund or the Subsidiary, as applicable, will indemnify the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates and hold each of them harmless against any losses or damages not resulting from disabling conduct.

 

The table below shows the management fees for ALPS Advisors for the period indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

Gross Advisory Fees

$14,094,629

$7,289,229

$4,102,117

Waiver of Advisory Fees

$0

$0

($112)

Recoupment

$0

$105

$0

Net Advisory Fees

$14,094,629

$7,289,334

$4,102,005

 

The table below shows the sub-advisory fees paid to CoreCommodity Management for the periods indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

Gross Sub-Advisory Fees

$12,436,490

$6,431,670

$3,596,008

Waiver of Sub-Advisory Fees

($2,936,151)

($1,543,180)

$0

Recoupment

$0

$105

$0

Net Sub-Advisory Fees

$9,500,339

$6,431,670

$3,596,008

 

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

The Adviser has delegated daily management of the Fund’s assets to RiverFront Investment Group, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser” or “RiverFront”). The Sub-Adviser is engaged to manage the investments of the Fund in accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations and investment guidelines established by the Adviser and the Board.

 

RiverFront, established in April 2008 by the former Chief Investment Officer, Chief Investment Strategist and Chief Equity Strategist at Wachovia Securities, is located at 1214 East Cary St., Richmond, Virginia 23219. RiverFront is majority-owned by its employees but is affiliated with Baird Financial Corporation as a result of its minority equity interests and representation on RiverFront’s board of directors. RiverFront Investment Group, LLC, is an investment adviser registered with the Securities Exchange Commission under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The company manages a variety of portfolios utilizing stocks, bonds, and exchange-traded funds (ETFs). RiverFront also serves as sub-advisor to a series of mutual funds and ETFs. As of December 31, 2022, RiverFront had approximately $8.2 billion in assets under advisement (discretionary and non-discretionary).

 

The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser and into a Sub-Advisory Agreement with RiverFront and the Adviser. As of February 28, 2018, neither the Adviser nor RiverFront receives a management fee for its services under the Advisory Agreement or under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, as applicable. The Fund intends to invest, however, in ETFs that are sub-advised by RiverFront and which may be advised by the Adviser. Neither the Adviser nor RiverFront will waive any portion of the management fees payable by or in connection with such underlying ETFs, and as a consequence each Fund indirectly bears a portion of the management fees charged by the Adviser or by RiverFront to such underlying ETFs.

 

The initial term of the Advisory Agreement is two years. The Board may extend the Advisory Agreement for additional one-year terms. The Board, shareholders of a Fund or the Adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreement upon sixty (60) days’ notice. The initial term of the Sub-Advisory Agreement is two years and may be reapproved annually thereafter. The Board, shareholders of the Fund, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon sixty (60) days’ notice. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the renewal of the Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement is provided in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the period ended October 31, 2022.

48

 

The table below shows the management fees for ALPS Advisors for the period indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

Gross Advisory Fees

$0

$0

$0

Waiver of Advisory Fees

$0

$0

$0

Reimbursement of other Expenses

$0

$0

$0

Net Advisory Fees

$0

$0

$0

 

The table below shows the subadvisory fees paid to RiverFront for the period indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

$0

$0

$0

 

Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser shall not be liable for losses or damages incurred by the Fund, unless such losses or damages are attributable to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement (“disabling conduct”). In addition, each Fund will indemnify the Adviser and its affiliates and hold each of them harmless against any losses or damages not resulting from disabling conduct.

 

ALPS | Smith Funds

Smith Capital Investors, LLC (“Smith Capital”), an investment adviser registered with the SEC and a Colorado limited liability company, is located in Denver, Colorado, and was established in 2018. Smith Capital’s principal address is 1430 Blake Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.

 

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”), the ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund, the ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund, the ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund and the ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund will pay the Adviser an annual management fee of 0.545% and 0.365%, 0.70% and 0.75% respectively based on such Fund’s average daily net assets. The management fee is paid on a monthly basis. The initial term of the Advisory Agreement is two years. Pursuant to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”), the Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser an annual sub-advisory management fee of 0.42%, 0.29%, 0.37% and 0.50% based on, respectively, the ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund and the ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund the ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund and the ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund’s average daily net assets.

 

The Adviser and Sub-Adviser have agreed contractually to limit the amount of the Fund’s total annual expenses, exclusive of Distribution and Service (12b-1) fees, Shareholder Service Fees, brokerage expenses, interest expenses, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to 0.64% and 0.49%, 0.85% and 0.90% of, respectively, the ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund, the ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund, the ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund and the ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund’s average daily net assets. This agreement is in effect through February 28, 2024. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser will be permitted to recover, on a class-by-class basis, expenses they have borne through the agreement described above to the extent that the Fund’s expenses in later periods fall below the annual rates set forth in the relevant agreement. The Fund will not be obligated to pay any such deferred fees and expenses more than thirty-six months after the end of the fiscal year in which the fees and expense were deferred. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser may not discontinue this waiver without the approval of the Fund’s Board of Trustees.

49

 

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

The table below shows the management fees for ALPS Advisors for the periods indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

Gross Advisory Fees

$2,381,058

$1,390,628

$334,406

Waiver of Advisory Fees

($422,019)

($349,075)

($191,334)

Reimbursement of other Expenses

$0

$898

$0

Net Advisory Fees

$1,959,039

$1,041,553

$143,072

 

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

The table below shows the management fees for ALPS Advisors for the periods indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

Gross Advisory Fees

$9,556,122

$9,172,011

$4,979,505

Waiver of Advisory Fees

($1,521,107)

($1,188,054)

($471,148)

Reimbursement of other Expenses

$0

$0

$0

Net Advisory Fees

$8,035,015

$7,984,855

$4,508,357

 

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

The table below shows the management fees for ALPS Advisors for the periods indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 20201

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

Gross Advisory Fees

$229,010

$190,451

$11,658

Waiver of Advisory Fees

($180,801)

($147,880)

($11,658)

Reimbursement of other Expenses

$0

$0

($19,252)

Net Advisory Fees

$48,209

$42,570

$0

1 For the period September 16, 2020 (commencement of operations) through October 31, 2020.

 

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

The table below shows the management fees for ALPS Advisors for the periods indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 20201

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

Gross Advisory Fees

$2,191,760

$953,407

$18,330

Waiver of Advisory Fees

($91,465)

($163,401)

($18,330)

Reimbursement of other Expenses

$476

$76

($6,138)

Net Advisory Fees

$2,100,771

$790,082

$0

1 For the period September 16, 2020 (commencement of operations) through October 31, 2020.

 

The table below shows the sub-advisory fees for Smith Capital for the periods indicated:

50

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

Gross Sub-Advisory Fees

$1,891,850

$1,104,907

$265,666

Waiver of Sub-Advisory Fees

($233,794)

($233,881)

($128,194)

Reimbursement of other Expenses

$0

$0

$0

Net Sub-Advisory Fees

$1,658,056

$871,026

$137,472

 

The table below shows the sub-advisor fees for Smith Capital for the periods indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

Gross Sub-Advisory Fees

$7,364,680

$7,068,497

$3,837,086

Waiver of Sub-Advisory Fees

($992,342)

($795,384)

($315,669)

Reimbursement of other Expenses

$0

$0

$0

Net Sub-Advisory Fees

$6,372,338

$6,273,113

$3,521,417

 

The table below shows the sub-advisor fees for Smith Capital for the periods indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 20201

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

Gross Sub-Advisory Fees

$121,050

$100,668

$6,162

Waiver of Sub-Advisory Fees

($92,925)

($79,298)

($6,162)

Reimbursement of other Expenses

$0

$0

($10,220)

Net Sub-Advisory Fees

$28,125

$21,370

$0

1 For the period September 16, 2020 (commencement of operations) through October 31, 2020.

 

The table below shows the sub-advisor fees for Smith Capital for the periods indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 20201

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

Gross Sub-Advisory Fees

$1,461,303

$635,620

$12,220

Waiver of Sub-Advisory Fees

($84,393)

($109,478)

($12,220)

Reimbursement of other Expenses

$0

$50

($4,174)

Net Sub-Advisory Fees

$1,376,960

$526,192

$0

1 For the period September 16, 2020 (commencement of operations) through October 31, 2020.

 

The initial term of the Advisory Agreement is two years. The Board may extend the Advisory Agreement for additional one-year terms. The Board, shareholders of a Fund or the Adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreement upon sixty (60) days’ notice. The initial term of the Sub-Advisory Agreement is two years and may be reapproved annually thereafter. The Board, shareholders of the Fund, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon sixty (60) days’ notice. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the renewal of the ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund, the ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Funds’ and the approval of the ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund and the ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund’s Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement is provided in the Funds’ annual report to shareholders for the period ended October 31, 2022.

51

 

DISTRIBUTOR

 

Shares of each Fund are offered on a continuous basis through ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. (an affiliate of ALPS and the Adviser) (“APSD” or the “Distributor”), located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1000, Denver, Colorado 80203, as distributor pursuant to a distribution agreement between the Distributor and the Fund. The Distributor is not obligated to sell any specific amount of Fund shares.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

The Fund, the Adviser, each Sub-Adviser and the Distributor each have adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. These codes of ethics permit the personnel of these entities to invest in securities, including securities that the Fund may purchase or hold. The codes of ethics are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.

 

ADMINISTRATOR

 

Each Fund currently employs ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (an affiliate of APSD and the Adviser) (“ALPS” or the “Administrator”), located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1000, Denver, Colorado 80203, under an administration agreement to provide certain administrative services to the Funds. Information on the services provided by the Administrator and the fees paid to the Administrator is available in the Prospectus, which is incorporated by reference in this SAI.

 

The table below shows the administrative fees earned by ALPS for the periods indicated:

 

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2022

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2021

For the Fiscal
Year Ended
October 31, 2020

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

$86,001

$195,513

$288,477

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

$1,753,036

$1,729,683

$1,105,963

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

$244,007

$157,329

$169,774

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

$585,408

$622,496

$171,740

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

$1,702,999

$2,613,040

$1,180,576

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

$87,656

$94,633

$11,705(1)

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

$250,665

$218,977

$6,745(1)

(1) For the period September 16, 2020 (commencement of operations) through October 31, 2020.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Board has approved delegating proxy voting discretion to each Sub-Adviser (or, with respect to certain Funds, the Adviser) believing that each Sub-Adviser (or the Adviser) should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

 

Attached as Appendix B are summaries of the guidelines and procedures that each Sub-Adviser (or the Adviser) uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities, including the procedures that the Sub-Adviser (or Adviser) uses when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Sub-Adviser (or Adviser) or any affiliated person of the Fund or the Sub-Adviser, on the other. This summary of the guidelines gives a general indication as to how the Sub-Adviser (or Adviser) will vote proxies relating to portfolio securities on each issue listed. However, the guidelines do not address all potential voting issues or the intricacies that may surround individual proxy votes. For that reason, there may be instances in which votes may vary from the guidelines presented. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser (or, as applicable, the Adviser) always endeavors to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives. When applicable, information on how a Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent prior 12-month period ended June 30, will be available without charge, (i) upon request, by calling 866.759.5679 and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

52

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

To the best knowledge of the Trust, the names and addresses of the record and beneficial holders of 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund and the percentage of the outstanding shares held by such holders are set forth below. To the best knowledge of the Trust, entities shown as owning more than 25% of the outstanding Shares of the Fund are not the beneficial owners of such Shares, unless otherwise indicated.

 

A shareholder who owns beneficially 25% or more of the outstanding securities of a Fund is presumed to “control” that Fund as defined in the 1940 Act. Such control may affect the voting rights of other shareholders. The following table provides the name and address of any person who owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of each class of each Fund as of January 31, 2023:

 

FUND NAME

 

Percentage

Ownership

ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class A Shares Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, New York, NY 39.83% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class A Shares LPL Financial LLC San Diego, CA 6.68% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class A Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 10.24% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class A Shares UBS Financial Services, Inc. Weehawken, NJ 18.25% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class A Shares Raymond James & Associates, Inc.  St Petersburg, FL 6.20% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class A Shares RBC Capital Markets, LLC Williamsville, NY 10.05% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class C Shares Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, New York, NY 38.29% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class C Shares Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC Short Hills, NJ 8.55% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class C Shares UBS Financial Services, Inc. Weehawken, NJ 11.84% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class C Shares Raymond James & Associates, Inc.  St Petersburg, FL 16.41% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class C Shares RBC Capital Markets, LLC Williamsville, NY 13.20% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class I Shares LPL Financial LLC San Diego, CA 20.39% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class I Shares Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC Williamsville, NY 8.71% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class I Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 5.23% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class I Shares TD Ameritrade, Inc.  Omaha, NE 6.64% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class I Shares UBS Financial Services, Inc. Weehawken, NJ 8.84% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class I Shares National Financial Services, LLC  West Hartford, CT 13.18% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class I Shares Pershing LLC  Lincolnshire, IL 25.75% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class R Shares UBS Financial Services, Inc. Weehawken, NJ 11.39% Record

53

 

 

ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Class R Shares Sammons Security Company, LLC West Des Moines, IA 88.03% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Investor Class Shares Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC Williamsburg, VA 9.80% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Investor Class Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 11.87% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Investor Class Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 11.59% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Investor Class Shares UBS Financial Services, Inc. Weehawken, NJ 34.31% Record
ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund – Investor Class Shares National Financial Services, LLC  West Lake Hills, TX 14.56% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class A Shares Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC Zephyrhills, FL 49.92% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class A Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 23.16% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class A Shares Raymond James & Associates, Inc.  St Petersburg, FL 8.35% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class A Shares Ameriprise Financial Services, LLC  Plano, TX 5.33% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class A Shares Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, New York, NY 6.67% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class C Shares Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC Westport, CT 23.59% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class C Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 48.63% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class C Shares Raymond James & Associates, Inc.  St Petersburg, FL 14.44% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class C Shares Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC Zephyrhills, FL 6.23% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class C Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 22.56% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class I Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 19.29% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class I Shares UBS Financial Services, Inc. Weehawken, NJ 12.42% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class I Shares National Financial Services, Inc. Woodland Hills, CA 9.16% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class I Shares SEI Private Trust Company,  Oaks, PA 10.03% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Class I Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 54.83% Record
ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Fund – Investor Class Shares TD Ameritrade, Inc.  Omaha, NE 29.10% Record

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund –

Class A

Morgan Stanley New York, NY 13.15% Record

 

54

 

 

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund –

Class A

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 43.81% Record

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund –

Class A

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.  St Petersburg, FL 30.36% Record

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund –

Class A

RBC Capital Markets, LLC Williamsville, NY 7.55% Record

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund –

Class C

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 30.61% Record

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund –

Class C

National Financial Services, Inc. Tampa, FL 7.90% Record

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund –

Class C

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.  St. Petersburg, FL 38.06% Record

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund –

Class C

RBC Capital Markets, LLC Williamsville, NY 15.19% Record

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund –

Class I

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 15.58% Record

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund –

Class I

Principal Securities Inc. Des Moines, IA 52.43% Record

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund –

Class I

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.  St. Petersburg, FL 16.65% Record
RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund – Investor Class Shares Morgan Stanley New York, NY 9.42% Record
RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund – Investor Class Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 26.10% Record
RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund – Investor Class Shares Pershing LLC  Jersey City, NJ 11.35% Record
RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund – Investor Class Shares Raymond James & Associates, Inc.  St. Petersburg, FL 30.75% Record
RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income Fund – Investor Class Shares RBC Capital Markets, LLC  Scottsdale, AZ 9.42% Record
ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund – Class A Shares ALPS Advisors, Inc.  Kansas City, MO 100% Beneficial
ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund – Class C Shares ALPS Advisors, Inc.  Kansas City, MO 97.36% Beneficial
ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund – Class I Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 18.84% Record
ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund – Class I Shares National Financial Services, LLC  West Hartford, CT 78.87% Record
ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund – Investor Class Shares TD Ameritrade, Inc.  Omaha, NE 17.96% Record
ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund – Investor Class Shares ALPS Advisors, Inc.  Kansas City, MO 78.46% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Class A Shares Apex Clearing Corporation  Lake Worth, FL 19.99% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Class A Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 5.49% Record

55

 

 

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Class A Shares ALPS Advisors, Inc.  Kansas City, MO 74.53% Beneficial
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Class C Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 11.46% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Class C Shares Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Inc.  Olympia, WA 19.78% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Class C Shares ALPS Advisors, Inc.  Kansas City, MO 68.76% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Class I Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 32.76% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Class I Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 7.72% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Class I Shares J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp.  New York, NY 22.08% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Class I Shares Pershing LLC  Jersey City, NJ 13.83% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Class I Shares ALPS Advisors, Inc.  Kansas City, MO 13.46% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Investor Class Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 11.17% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Investor Class Shares TD Ameritrade, Inc.  Omaha, NE 18.33% Record
ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund – Investor Class Shares Pershing LLC  Jersey City, NJ 67.38% Beneficial
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class A Shares Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC  St. Louis, MO 27.44% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class A Shares Apex Clearing Corporation  Lake Worth, FL 7.35% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class A Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 35.32% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class A Shares Ameriprise Financial Servies, LLC Hollidaysburg, PA 7.35% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class A Shares RBC Capital Markets, LLC  Sugar Land, TX 17.96% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class C Shares Morgan Stanley New York, NY 9.28% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class C Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 25.37% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class C Shares Pershing LLC  Jersey City, NJ 5.28% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class C Shares Raymond James & Associates, Inc.  St. Petersburg, FL 20.83% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class C Shares RBC Capital Markets, LLC Minneapolis, MN 31.27% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class I Shares Morgan Stanley Perrysburg, OH 8.73% Record

56

 

 

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class I Shares Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC  Westport, CT 7.09% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class I Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 27.49% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class I Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. San Francisco, CA 16.04% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class I Shares UBS Financial Services Inc. Weehawken, NY 5.49% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class I Shares National Financial Services, LLC Wexford, PA 14.06% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class I Shares Ameriprise Financial Services, LLC Woodbridge, CT 5.38% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Class I Shares RBC Capital Markets, LLC  Wilmington, NC 6.91% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Investor Class Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 6.05% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Investor Class Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 82.29% Beneficial
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Investor Class Shares TD Ameritrade, Inc.  Omaha, NE 5.30% Record
ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund – Investor Class Shares National Financial Services, LLC Waltham, MA 5.95% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class A Shares Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC New York, NY 49.34% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class A Shares Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC  San Francisco, CA 9.45% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class A Shares Apex Clearing Corporation  Lake Worth, FL 24.95% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class A Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 6.31% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class C Shares Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC New York, NY 52.04% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class C Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 17.31% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class C Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. San Francisco, CA 7.15% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class C Shares Raymond James & Associates, Inc.  St Petersburg, FL 14.94% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class I Shares Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC New York, NY 6.93% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class I Shares Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC  San Francisco, CA 5.58% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class I Shares Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Jacksonville, FL 11.62% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class I Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 14.24% Record

57

 

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class I Shares TD Ameritrade, Inc.  Omaha, NE 10.88% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class I Shares UBS Financial Services, Inc. Weehawken, NJ

6.86%

Record

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class I Shares National Financial Services, LLC Wexford, PA

17.75%

Record

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Class I Shares Ameriprise Financial Servies, LLC  Hollidaysburg, PA

8.21%

Record

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Investor Class Shares Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  San Francisco, CA 46.75% Record
ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund – Investor Class Shares TD Ameritrade, Inc.  Omaha, NE 47.54% Record

 

As of January 31, 2022, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group, owned less than 1% of any class of any Fund.

 

EXPENSES

 

The Fund’s expenses include taxes, interest, fees and salaries of such Fund Trustees and officers who are not trustees, officers or employees of the Fund’s service contractors, SEC fees, state securities qualification fees, costs of preparing and printing prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for distribution to existing shareholders, advisory and administration fees, charges of the custodian and of the transfer and dividend disbursing agent, certain insurance premiums, outside auditing and legal expenses, costs of shareholder reports and shareholder meetings and any extraordinary expenses. The Fund also pays for brokerage fees and commissions (if any) in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

The following sections set forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for each Fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of October 31, 2022.

 

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Manager

The table below identifies as of October 31, 2022, for the portfolio manager of each Fund, the number of accounts (other than the Funds with respect to which information is provided) for which he has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts.

 

 

Registered Investment
Companies

Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles

Other Accounts

Portfolio Manager(s)

Number

Total Assets
(in millions)

Number

Total Assets
(in millions)

Number

Total Assets
(in millions)

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

Andrew Drummond (Co-Portfolio Manager)

1

$36.1

0

$0

0

$0

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

Robert B. Hyman (Portfolio Manager)

2

$1,617

2

$224

0

$0

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

Scott Hays, CFA®*

0

$0

0

$0

24,537

$7,708

58

 

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

Gibson Smith (Portfolio Manager)

3

Over $100,000

0

$0

0

$0

Eric Bernum, CFA®* (Portfolio Manager)

3

$100,001 - $500,000

0

$0

0

$0

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

Gibson Smith (Portfolio Manager)

3

$100,001 - $500,000

0

$0

0

$0

Eric Bernum, CFA®* (Portfolio Manager)

3

$1 - $100,000

0

$0

0

$0

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

Gibson Smith (Portfolio Manager)

0

$0

0

$0

0

$0

Laton Spahr (Portfolio Manager)

0

$0

0

$0

0

$0

Eric Hewitt (Portfolio Manager)

0

$0

0

$0

0

$0

Eric Bernum, CFA®* (Portfolio Manager)

0

$0

0

$0

0

$0

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

Gibson Smith (Portfolio Manager)

3

$100,001 - $500,000

0

$0

0

$0

Jonathan Aal (Portfolio Manager)

3

$1 - $100,000

0

$0

0

$0

Garett Olson, CFA®* (Portfolio Manager)

3

$1 - $100,000

0

$0

0

$0

Eric Burnum, CFA®* (Portfolio Manager)

3

$1 - $100,000

0

$0

0

$0

* CFA® and Chartered Financial Analyst® are trademarks owned by CFA Institute. Chartered Market Technician (CMT) is a professional designation that confirms mastery in technical analysis of the financial markets. To hold the designation, fully granted professional membership in the CMT Association is required.

1 Subject to a performance based advisory fee.

 

ALPS Advisors Portfolio Manager Compensation

The Portfolio Managers who are responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds are paid a base salary, plus a discretionary bonus. The bonus is determined by the business unit’s revenue and profitability as well as the individual’s contribution to the business unit. The bonus is discretionary and is not based specifically on portfolio performance.

 

Conflicts of Interest with Other Accounts. Potential conflicts of interest may arise when a Fund’s portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the portfolio manager listed in the table above.

 

The Adviser and the Funds have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the Adviser and the individuals that it employs. For example, the Adviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The Adviser has also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the Adviser and the Funds will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

 

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

 

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

 

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

59

 

Selection of Brokers/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or account that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.

 

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the investment adviser’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the investment adviser and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager to lend preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

 

Related Business Opportunities. The Adviser or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the Adviser and its affiliates.

 

ALPS Global Opportunity Fund

Index Management. ALPS Advisors has developed and maintains a Global Listed Private Equity Index. This Index is managed and re-balanced by a division index committee within ALPS Advisors. ALPS Advisors has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent information being shared between personnel at ALPS Advisors that manages this Index and the portfolio managers that actively manages the Global Opportunity Fund during the quarterly re-balancing process of the Index.

 

60

 

 

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

The portfolio manager is compensated by the Sub-Adviser, not by the Fund. The Sub-Adviser compensates its professional level employees, including its portfolio managers, in a manner that is designed to pay competitive compensation and reward performance, integrity and teamwork. The compensation of portfolio managers consists of a base salary and a bonus. Employees also are eligible for certain other compensation and benefits programs, such as a 401(k) plan.

 

Salary and Bonus. Base salaries are determined by considering an individual portfolio manager’s experience and expertise and may be reviewed for adjustment annually. Portfolio managers are eligible to receive bonuses, which may be significantly more than their base salary, upon attaining certain performance objectives based on measures of individual, group or department success. A portion of the bonus may be tied to the value of the assets in the Fund. These goals are specific to individual portfolio managers. Achievement of these goals is an important, but not exclusive, element of the bonus decision process, and, absent a contractual agreement, bonuses are determined at the discretion of the Sub-Adviser.

 

Certain portfolio managers may also have employment contracts, which may guarantee severance payments in the event of involuntary termination.

 

Conflicts of Interest with Other Accounts.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation. We could receive substantial compensation in the form of management fees, even from accounts that lose value.

 

Our Co-Presidents, Messrs. De Chiara and Klein, also receive, indirectly, compensation from our affiliate, CoreCommodity Indexes, LLC (“CCI”) which acts as an index sponsor to certain indexes.

 

Advisory Time. We devote as much of our time to each of our clients as in our judgment is reasonably required. However, we also provide investment advisory services and securities and commodities research and brokerage services for other clients (including other managed accounts as well as pooled vehicles) and engage in other business ventures in which our advisory clients have no interest. As a result of these separate business activities, we have potential conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services, and functions among accounts and other business ventures or clients.

 

By way of example, the same investment professionals for a strategy may perform services for each version of the strategy (relating to different indices). In addition, the same investment professionals implement one or more strategies or versions of a strategy for managed accounts or via collective investment vehicles such as hedge funds or commodity pools managed in parallel with the managed accounts. Further, the same investment professionals may implement other strategies related to or different from such strategy, including but not limited to discretionary trading strategies with an investment objective of seeking absolute returns and/or an objective of seeking significant outperformance compared to an index.

61

 

Other Clients; Allocation of Investment Opportunities. CoreCommodity is responsible for the investment decisions made on behalf of accounts. As described above, there are no restrictions on our ability to exercise discretion over any number of accounts of other clients following the same or different investment objectives, philosophies and strategies. As a general matter, it would not be expected that accounts with different portfolio managers would share information relating to potential transactions. Therefore, one account may trade prior to and at a better price than another account trading in the same instrument.

 

These situations involve potential conflicts between the interest of CoreCommodity or our related persons, on the one hand, and the interests of our clients, on the other.

 

An account may experience returns that differ from other accounts in the same strategy due to, among other factors: (a) regulatory constraints on the ability of the account to have exposure to certain contracts; (b) the client’s selection of clearing broker, which affects access to markets and exchanges (and, accordingly, instruments); (c) the effect of intra-month adjustments to the trading level of the account; (d) the manner in which the account’s cash reserves are invested; (e) the size of the account; (f) the client’s functional currency, and (g) the effective date of the investment. Additionally, certain markets may not be liquid enough to be traded for an account.

 

Asset Valuation. Our fees are based directly on the value of the accounts as of various dates. To the extent that our agreements with our clients provide that we will value the clients’ assets, we will have a conflict of interest in reviewing or determining such valuations because the valuations directly affect the value of the account and thus the amount of management fees that we receive.

 

Position Limits. We may be required to aggregate, for position limit purposes, the futures positions held in accounts with positions held in other accounts. This aggregation of positions could require us to liquidate or modify positions for some or all of the accounts, and such liquidation or modification may adversely affect certain or all accounts. We may have an incentive to favor certain accounts over others when liquidating positions or adjusting trading strategies in the context of such limits.

 

Personal Account Trading Policy. We require that our employees do not trade securities or commodities for their own account, except for (i) government and municipal securities, open-ended registered mutual funds and registered commodity pools not managed by the Sub-Adviser, or (ii) otherwise with pre-approval from our executive staff upon consultation with our compliance personnel. Without limiting the foregoing, we may under certain circumstances permit an employee to maintain a position in a commodity even if an account trades the instrument. There is no current intention to change this policy, but the policy is subject to change in our sole discretion. The records of such trading, whether under the current or a new policy, will not be made available to the clients for inspection.

 

Interested Transactions. The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of CoreCommodity and its employees, or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by CoreCommodity for other customer accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed on behalf of client accounts and affect the prices and availability of the instruments in which a client invests.

 

Certain personnel of CoreCommodity also serve as officers of our affiliate CCI, and certain of those CCI officers serve on the Oversight Committee (the “Committee”) for the Refinitiv/CoreCommodity Management CRB Index (the “R/CC CRB Index”) along with at least one representative from Refinitv or its affiliates. The Committee can change the composition of the R/CC CRB Index (or make other changes) without regard to any resulting impact to an account, including without limitation that the Committee can make such changes in a way that serves the interests of third parties paying license fees to Refinitiv and CCI rather than serving the interests of clients.

 

The Fund will invest in futures that are components of CCI’s proprietary indices, and certain Indices used or referenced in the Fund may be the same as or similar to proprietary indices used by CCI. The methodologies used by CoreCommodity in making investment decisions for the Fund may rely on, be the same as or be related to the methodologies used by CCI to design, modify and operate its proprietary indices or trading strategies. CCI can change or discontinue operation of its proprietary indices or trading strategies at any time. CCI may receive index fees with respect to CCI sponsored indexes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all employees of CoreCommodity when trading for their own accounts will do so in accordance with the Personal Account Trading Policy set forth above.

 

Material Non-Public Information. In the unlikely event that we acquire confidential or material non-public information, we may be restricted from initiating transactions in certain instruments. In such instances, if any, we will not be free to divulge, or to act upon, any such confidential or material non-public information and, due to these restrictions, it may not be able to initiate a transaction for an account that we otherwise might have initiated. An account may be frozen in an investment position that it otherwise might have liquidated or closed out.

 

General. We may, without prior notice to a client, arrange, recommend, and/or effect transactions in which, or provide services in circumstances where, we have, directly or indirectly, a material interest or relationship with another party that may present a potential conflict with our duty to a client.

62

 

Side-by-Side Management

We trade on behalf of many client accounts. We receive performance-based incentive fees from some accounts. Some accounts, such as the registered investment companies, are not subject to any form of performance-based fee. As a result, we have a possible conflict of interest, because we can potentially receive proportionately greater compensation from those accounts that pay us incentive fees than from those accounts that pay us management fees only. We have an incentive to:

 

direct the best investment ideas or give favorable allocation to those accounts that pay performance-based fees;

 

use trades by an account that does not pay performance-based fees to benefit those accounts that do pay performance-based fees, such as where a private fund sells short before a sale by an SMA that does not pay incentive fees, or a private fund sells a security only after a SMA that does not pay incentive fees has made a large purchase of the security; and

 

benefit those accounts paying a performance-based fee over those clients that do not pay performance-based fees and which have a different and potentially conflicting investment strategy.

 

We owe a fiduciary duty to our clients not to favor one account over another, without regard to the types and amounts of fees paid by those accounts. In light of the possible conflicts of interest described above, we have allocation policies and procedures in place to ensure that accounts are treated fairly. Where we determine to trade for more than one account in the same instruments, we generally aggregate the trades and cause the accounts to trade pari passu with each other. However, while accounts may trade the same and/or similar instruments, some may be distinguished from one another by their investment objectives, investment methodology, degrees of leverage, relative size, available capital, tax considerations or other parameters. Accordingly, our investment professionals may cause purchases or sales to be effected for one or more accounts while not causing such purchases or sales to be effected for other accounts. Discretion as to which accounts will receive allocations of particular positions may occur whether investment opportunities are limited or unlimited, and opportunities to participate in transactions may not necessarily be allocated among the accounts in any particular proportion. For example, but without limitation, our proprietary accounts or client accounts, in trading a new, experimental or different methodology, may enter the same markets earlier than (either days before or on the same day as) other accounts.

 

The following are our current specific allocation approaches. If multiple accounts qualify for participation in the purchase of a specific security or investment opportunity by a particular portfolio group, we will, in general, allocate the instruments among the accounts for which the instrument or investment opportunity is appropriate, on a fair and equitable basis. Mr. Hyman, the portfolio manager for the Fund, also provides investment advice to other accounts as part of CoreCommodity’s Investor Solutions Group (“ISG”) division. Common trades on the same day among securities accounts managed by the same portfolio management group generally are allocated on the basis of the relative assets committed to the strategy at the average price per share among such accounts. Common trades (defined as same contract, same month or, separately, same spread, same month(s)) on the same day among commodity futures accounts managed by the same portfolio management group generally are aggregated and randomly allocated across such strategies by fill upon execution, or, in the case of the ISG, are generally allocated on the basis of the relative assets committed to the strategy at the average price per lot among such accounts. To the extent ISG engages in OTC transactions, such transactions are allocated on the basis of the relative assets committed to the strategy to the extent applicable. We may change these particular approaches from time to time to account for different markets, different investment instruments or other circumstances.

 

Investment or Brokerage Discretion

In selecting the brokers for performing portfolio executions and clearing, we take into account various factors, including, without limitation, the financial stability and reputation of the broker, the quality of the investment research, investment strategies, special execution capabilities, clearance, settlement, custody, recordkeeping and other ancillary services, including capital introduction—as well as proven capability. Accounts may pay more than the lowest available commission in consideration for our receipt of any or all of the above services.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing selection criteria for clearing brokers and executing brokers, we may refrain from using certain clearing brokers and/or executing brokers to observe regulatory restrictions or to avoid potential conflicts of interest arising from affiliation between one or more clients or private fund investors and such brokers.

 

Our registered investment company and managed account clients are expected to make their own arrangements for clearance and custody of their account assets and to negotiate the fees in connection with those services. We assist in the selection of these service providers for our private funds and in the negotiation of related fees. We are not required to allocate either a stated dollar or stated percentage of our brokerage business to any broker for any minimum time period, and we review brokerage relationships from time to time.

 

We currently do not maintain any soft dollar arrangements for the Fund, although we direct commission business to sell-side brokers that provide standard research coverage and/or direct access communication links for trading. Such research may be used for the benefit of the accounts other than the Fund that use such brokers. To the extent that the arrangements described in this paragraph could be considered soft dollar arrangements, they are within the “safe harbor” provided by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act. The Fund may pay more than the lowest available commission in consideration for the Sub-Adviser’s receipt of any or all of the above services. Notwithstanding the foregoing selection criteria for clearing brokers and executing brokers, we may refrain from using certain clearing brokers and/or executing brokers to observe regulatory restrictions or to avoid potential conflicts of interest arising from affiliation between one or more clients or private fund investors and such brokers. Accounts may pay more than the lowest available commission in consideration for our receipt of any or all of the above services.

63

 

By way of illustration, services that we expect to receive from brokers may include access to current and historical market data; price quotation services; brokerage analysts’ earnings estimates; research analyst analyses and recommendations; reports and analyses on issuers, securities and the advisability of investing in securities, however transmitted; portfolio monitoring tools that are used to evaluate holdings or prospective holdings or to make investment decisions; pre-trade and post-trade analytics; software that depends on market information to generate market research, including research on optimal execution venues and trading strategies; advice on order execution, execution strategies, market color, and availability of buyers and sellers; computer analyses of portfolios; performance measurements services that are used in making investment decisions; trade order management systems; portfolio management systems; communications services such as T-1 lines and other connectivity between us and brokers and other parties such as custodians; trading software used to route orders to market centers; software that provides algorithmic trading strategies; software used to transmit orders to direct market access systems; and custody services incidental to effecting transactions.

 

We derive substantial direct or indirect benefit from the services described in this section, particularly to the extent we cause the Fund to pay for expenses which we would otherwise be required to pay. Because these services are bundled by the broker with the execution or clearing price, there is a risk that we are agreeing to pay more on a bundled basis for the combined services than we and the Fund would need to pay to obtain the services separately if available on that basis. The investment information and benefits received from brokers may be used by us in servicing other accounts, and not all such information and benefits may be used by us in connection with the Fund. We are not required to allocate benefits pro rata or on any other equitable basis among its accounts.

 

We reserve the right, depending on the circumstances, to decline to reimburse the Fund for any clerical errors or mistakes with respect to our placing or executing trades (“Trade Errors”), as such errors may be considered by us to be a cost of doing business. However, we will reimburse the Fund for any net loss from a material Trade Error resulting from our willful misconduct, bad faith, or gross negligence. As a general matter, Trade Errors that result in a de minimis loss are generally not considered to implicate the foregoing standard of conduct, and therefore any such de minimis loss will be borne by the client. We have a conflict of interest in determining whether a loss is de minimis. CoreCommodity, subject to our fiduciary obligations, will determine whether or not any Trade Error is required to be reimbursed in accordance with such liability and exculpation provisions. Our reimbursement of the Fund for any particular Trade Error or Trade Errors will not constitute a waiver of any policy to cause the Fund to bear the losses from such Trade Errors. We have an inherent conflict of interest with respect to the discovery and treatment of Trade Errors. Any net gain resulting from Trade Errors will be for the benefit of the Fund, and will not be retained by us. Though we attempt to correct trading errors committed by a broker as soon as they are discovered, we are not responsible for poor executions or such trading errors.

 

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

The Sub-Adviser compensates portfolio managers with a base salary and an annual bonus. A portfolio manager’s base salary is generally a fixed amount based on level of experience and responsibilities. A portfolio manager’s bonus is a function of the Sub-Adviser’s overall financial performance, the relative and absolute performance of the accounts that the portfolio manager is managing, including the Fund, assets under management, and other portfolio manager’s individual investment and other job-related performance.

 

Portfolio managers may also own, be given and/or may be offered an opportunity to purchase or sell interests in the Sub-Adviser or its holding company.

 

Conflicts of Interest with Other Accounts. Potential conflicts of interest may arise when a Fund’s portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the portfolio managers listed in the table above.

 

The Sub-Adviser and the Fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the Sub-Adviser and the individuals that it employs. For example, the Sub-Adviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The Sub-Adviser has also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the Sub-Adviser and the Funds will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

 

These potential conflicts include:

 

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

64

 

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

 

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

 

Selection of Brokers/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or account that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.

 

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the investment adviser’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the investment adviser and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager to lend preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

 

Related Business Opportunities. The Sub-Adviser or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates.

 

Affiliated ETF Investments. The Sub-Adviser receives sub-advisory fees from the underlying ETFs (“Affiliated ETFs”) in which the Fund invests. It is possible that a conflict of interest among the Fund and the Affiliated ETFs could affect how the Sub-Adviser fulfills its fiduciary duties to the Fund and the Affiliated ETFs. Portfolio managers may have an incentive to take into account the effect on an Affiliated ETF in which the Fund may invest in determining whether, and under what circumstances, to purchase or sell shares in that Affiliated ETF. To seek to mitigate risks of conflicts of interest arising from investments in affiliated investment companies, the Fund has adopted an expense structure under which the Fund does not pay advisory fees to either the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, and instead pays a unitary administrative fee in addition to other expenses described in the Fund’s fees and expenses table. In addition, while the underlying Affiliated ETFs in which the Fund invests may have different advisory fee rates, the Fund will only invest in RiverFront ETFs subject to the same sub-advisory fee rates as other RiverFront ETFs already in the Fund’s portfolio. There is no assurance that these measures will completely mitigate conflicts of interest in the portfolio managers’ selection of Affiliated ETFs. RiverFront may select certain ETPs for use in its model portfolios that are advised by ALPS or First Trust but not sub-advised by RiverFront. This creates a conflict of interest in that RiverFront also serves as sub-adviser to other ETFs advised by either First Trust or ALPS and, as a result of this relationship, has an incentive to use First Trust or ALPS ETPs. RiverFront has implemented a process to require additional review of any investment recommendations of ETPs advised/sponsored by ALPS or First Trust that are not sub-advised by RiverFront.

 

Risk of Conflict Related to Third-Party ETFs

RiverFront may select certain ETPs for use in its model portfolios that are advised by ALPS or First Trust but not sub-advised by RiverFront. This creates a conflict of interest in that RiverFront also serves as sub-adviser to other ETFs advised by either First Trust or ALPS and, as a result of this relationship, has an incentive to use First Trust or ALPS ETPs. RiverFront has implemented a process to require additional review of any investment recommendations of ETPs advised/sponsored by ALPS or First Trust that are not sub-advised by RiverFront.

 

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund, ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund, ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund, and ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

Portfolio Manager Compensation

The Portfolio Manager who is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds is paid a base salary, plus a discretionary bonus. The bonus is determined by the business unit’s revenue and profitability as well as the individual’s contribution to the business unit. The bonus is discretionary and is not based specifically on portfolio performance. As an equity holder of the Sub-Adviser, Gibson Smith also shares in the profitability of the firm.

 

Conflicts of Interest with Other Accounts. Potential conflicts of interest may arise when a Fund’s portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the portfolio manager listed in the table above.

 

The Sub-Adviser and the Funds have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the Sub-Adviser and the individuals that it employs. For example, the Sub-Adviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The Sub-Adviser has also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the Sub-Adviser and the Funds will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

65

 

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

 

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

 

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

 

Selection of Brokers/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or account that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.

 

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the investment adviser’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the investment adviser and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager to lend preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

 

Related Business Opportunities. The Sub-Adviser or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates.

 

Ownership of Securities

The table below identifies ownership of Fund securities by each Portfolio Manager as of October 31, 2022.

 

Portfolio Manager(s)

Dollar Range of Ownership of Securities

ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund

Andrew Drummond

$100,001-$500,000

ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund

Robert Hyman

$100,001-$500,000

RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income

Scott Hays, CFA®

$0

ALPS | Smith Total Return Bond Fund

 

Gibson Smith

Over $1 million

Eric Bernum, CFA®*

$500,001 - $1 million

66

 

ALPS | Smith Short Duration Bond Fund

Gibson Smith

$100,001-$500,000

Eric Bernum, CFA®*

$1 - $100,000

ALPS | Smith Balanced Opportunity Fund

Gibson Smith

$500,001 - $1 million

Laton Spahr

Over $1 million

Eric Hewitt

$0

Eric Bernum, CFA®*

$0

ALPS | Smith Credit Opportunities Fund

Gibson Smith

$100,001 - $500,000

Jonathan Aal

$1 - $100,000

Garrett Olson, CFA®*

$1 - $10,000

Eric Bernum, CFA®*

$0 - $100,000

* CFA® and Chartered Financial Analyst® are trademarks owned by CFA Institute. Chartered Market Technician (CMT) is a professional designation that confirms mastery in technical analysis of the financial markets. To hold the designation, fully granted professional membership in the CMT Association is required.

 

NET ASSET VALUE

 

The following is a description of the procedures used by the Fund in valuing its assets. Because of the differences in service and distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each class may differ. For the purpose of pricing purchase and redemption orders, the net asset value per share of each class of the Fund is calculated separately and is determined once daily as of the close of regularly scheduled trading on the NYSE (normally, 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). The Fund’s net asset value is calculated on each day that the NYSE is open for trading, i.e., Monday through Friday, except for New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, and the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of those holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively.

 

In calculating net asset value, equity securities listed or traded on national securities exchanges are valued at the last sale price or, if there have been no sales on that day, at the mean of the current bid and ask price which represents the current value of the security. Over-the-counter securities are valued at the mean of the current bid and ask price.

 

Portfolio securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System for which market quotations are available are valued at the official closing price. If there is no official closing price, the securities are valued by the valuation designee at the last sale price or, if there have been no sales that day, at the mean of the current bid and ask price which represents the current value of the security.

 

Securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges generally are valued at the preceding closing values of such securities on their respective exchanges, except that when an occurrence subsequent to the time a value was so established is likely to have changed such value, then the fair value of those securities will be determined by consideration of other factors by the valuation designee. In valuing assets, prices denominated in foreign currencies are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents at the current exchange rate. Securities may be valued by independent pricing services which use prices provided by market-makers or estimates of market values obtained from yield data relating to instruments or securities with similar characteristics.

 

Debt securities, including short-term debt obligations that will mature in 60 days or less, will generally be valued at the price supplied by an independent third-party pricing service approved by the valuation designee, which may use a matrix, formula or other objective method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments. Specific adjustments may include, for example, adjustments to the pricing service’s valuation of odd lot securities taking into account a Fund’s transacted prices, pursuant to the Funds’ policies and procedures. If vendors are unable to supply a price, or if the price supplied is deemed to be unreliable, the market price may be determined using quotations received from one or more brokers/dealers that make a market in the security.

 

All other securities and other assets of the Fund will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board.

 

TAXES

 

This section provides additional information concerning only U.S. federal income taxes except where otherwise expressly noted. It is based on the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI, and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following does not address any state, local or foreign or estate or gift tax matters.

67

 

A shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax consequences from acquiring, holding and disposing of shares in a Fund may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders who are U.S. persons, except where otherwise specifically indicated. For purposes of this discussion, U.S. persons are: (i) U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) U.S. corporations (i.e., entities classified as corporations for U.S. tax purposes that are organized under the laws of the United States or any state), (iii) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or if the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

Except where otherwise noted, this discussion does not address issues of significance to U.S. persons in special situations such as: (i) certain types of tax-exempt entities, (ii) shareholders holding shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) plan accounts or individual retirement accounts), (iii) shareholders holding investments through foreign institutions (financial and non-financial), (iv) financial institutions, (v) broker-dealers, (vi) entities not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, (vii) shareholders holding shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, (viii) shareholders who are subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax or the U.S. federal corporate minimum tax, and (ix) insurance companies.

 

If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships that are considering the purchase of shares should consult their tax advisers regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares.

 

The Funds have not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the U.S. federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion only addresses some of the U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

General Policies

In general, it is each Fund’s policy to distribute to its shareholders as “ordinary income dividends” substantially all of its net investment income and its net short-term capital gains. It is also each Fund’s policy to distribute annually all net realized long-term capital gains, if any, after offsetting any capital loss carryovers, as “capital gains dividends.”

 

Ordinary income dividends and capital gain distributions are payable in full and fractional shares of the relevant class of each Fund based upon the net asset value determined as of the close of the Exchange on the record date for each dividend or distribution. Shareholders, however, may elect to receive their ordinary income dividends or capital gain distributions, or both, in cash. The election may be made at any time by submitting a written request directly to the applicable Fund. In order for a change to be in effect for any dividend or distribution, it must be received by such Fund on or before the record date for such dividend or distribution.

 

If you elect to receive your dividends in cash and the dividend checks sent to you are returned “undeliverable” to the applicable Fund or remain uncashed for six months, your cash election will automatically be changed and your future dividends will be reinvested. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed dividend or redemption checks.

 

As required by federal law, detailed U.S. federal tax information will be furnished to each shareholder for each calendar year.

 

Taxation of the Funds

Each Fund intends to elect to be treated and qualify each year as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, a Fund must, among other things: (i) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships;” (ii) diversify its holdings so that at the end of each fiscal quarter, (a) at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities limited generally, with respect to any one issuer, to no more than 5% of the value of such Fund’s total assets and 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of such Fund’s total assets is invested in (1) the securities (other than those of the U.S. government or other RICs) of any one issuer, (2) the securities (other than the securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers which such Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or (3) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships and (iii) distribute with respect to each taxable year an amount equal to or exceeding the sum of (a) 90% of its “investment company taxable income,” as that term is defined in the Code (which generally includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest, and the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, as reduced by certain deductible expenses) without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and (b) 90% of its tax-exempt interest income, net of expenses allocable thereto. For purposes of meeting the diversification requirement described in (ii) above, in the case of a Fund’s investment in loan participations, the issuer may be the financial intermediary or the borrower. The requirements for qualification as a RIC may significantly limit the extent to which each Fund may invest in some investments.

68

 

With respect to (i) above, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains that are directly related to a RIC’s principal business of investing in stock or securities pursuant to regulations that may be promulgated in the future. For purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in (i) above, income derived from a partnership will generally be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by the RIC. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (defined as a partnership (x) interests in which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof and (y) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in (i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In addition, although in general the passive activity loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Finally, for purposes of (ii)(a) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership.

 

To the extent that it qualifies for treatment as a RIC, a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income distributed to its shareholders in a timely manner in the form of dividends (including capital gain dividends, defined below). In certain situations, a Fund can cure failures to meet the income and diversification tests described above, including, in some cases, by paying a Fund-level tax and, in the case of diversification failures, disposing of certain assets. If a Fund were to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment in any taxable year – for example, because it was not sufficiently diversified under the applicable Code tests – such Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC that is accorded special treatment in a subsequent year, such a Fund could be required to pay substantial taxes, penalties and interest and make substantial distributions, which may be taxed to shareholders as either ordinary income or qualified dividend income. In addition, if a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, such a Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the effected Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of five years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.

 

As a RIC, each Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net capital gains (that, is any net long-term capital gains in excess of the sum of net short-term capital losses and certain capital loss carryovers from prior years) properly reported by a Fund in a written statement to shareholders as capital gain dividends (“capital gain dividends”) and its investment company taxable income if any, that a Fund distributes to shareholders on a timely basis. Each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its investment company taxable income and to distribute all of its capital gains, after offsetting any capital loss carryovers, in a taxable year. If a Fund does retain any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. However, a Fund may elect to have certain dividends paid after the close of a tax year treated as having been paid during the tax year for purposes of the RIC distribution requirements and for purposes of determining its taxable income (“spill-back dividends”). Spill-back dividends are taxed to shareholders in the year in which they are received.

 

Under current law, a Fund is permitted to treat on its tax return as dividends paid the portion of redemption proceeds paid to redeeming shareholders that represents the redeeming shareholders’ portion of the Fund’s accumulated earnings and profits. This practice, called tax “equalization,” would reduce the amount of income and/or gains that a Fund is required to distribute as dividends to non-redeeming shareholders. This practice is not available for a Fund that is treated as a “personal holding company” for federal income tax purposes. The total return on a shareholder’s investment would generally not be reduced as a result of a Fund’s use of this practice. If the IRS were to determine that a Fund’s equalization method is improper and that the Fund has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Fund may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax.

 

If a Fund retains any net capital gain, it will also be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by such a Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of such a Fund will be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

 

Generally, the excess (if any) of a Fund’s net short-term capital loss over the net long-term capital loss for a taxable year will carry over as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the next tax year. In addition, the excess (if any) of a Fund’s net long-term capital loss over the net short-term capital gain for the year will carry over as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the next tax year. Unused capital losses realized by a Fund may be carried forward indefinitely until they can be used to offset capital gains.

69

 

If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income tax, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. However, future capital gains offset by carried-forward capital losses are generally subject to taxation as ordinary dividends to shareholders if distributed. Accordingly, the Fund does not expect to distribute any capital gains offset by carried-forward capital losses. A Fund cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.

 

Each Fund may be limited under Code Section 382 in its ability offset its taxable income by capital loss carryforwards and net unrealized built-in losses after an “ownership change” of the Fund. The term “net unrealized built-in losses” refers to the excess, if any, of a Fund’s aggregate adjusted basis in its assets immediately before an ownership change, over the fair market value of such assets at such time, subject to a de minimis rule. A Fund would experience an ownership change under Code Section 382 if and when 5-percent shareholders of the Fund increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points in the aggregate over their respective lowest percentage ownership of Fund shares in a 3-year period. Under Code Section 382, if a Fund experiences an ownership change, the Fund may use its pre-change tax capital loss carryforwards and net unrealized built-in losses in a year after the ownership change generally only up to the product of the fair market value of the Fund’s equity immediately before the ownership change and a certain interest rate published monthly by Treasury known as the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate. The foregoing limitation on the use of pre-ownership change net unrealized built-in losses only applies for a period of five years after the ownership change, while the foregoing limitation on the use of pre-ownership change capital loss carryforwards lasts indefinitely.

 

A RIC may elect to treat any post-October capital loss (defined as the Fund’s net capital loss, net long-term capital loss, or net short-term capital loss, as applicable, in each case attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31) and late-year ordinary loss (generally, (i) net ordinary losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31, plus (ii) other net ordinary losses attributable to the portion of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.

 

If a Fund fails to distribute in a calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98.2% of its net capital gain income for the one year period ending on October 31 of such year, plus any retained amount for the prior year, such a Fund will be subject to a non-deductible excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For these purposes, ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would be properly taken into account after October 31 are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. For purposes of the excise tax, a Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. A dividend paid to shareholders in January of a year generally is deemed to have been paid on December 31 of the preceding year, if the dividend is declared and payable to the shareholders of record on a date in October, November or December of that preceding year.

 

Each Fund intends to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.

 

Personal Holding Company

 

If a Fund is a “personal holding company” and fails to distribute (or to be treated as distributing) all of its investment company taxable income, the Fund may also be subject to a 20% nondeductible tax on its “undistributed personal holding company income.” A Fund would generally be a personal holding company for a taxable year if five or fewer individuals own more than 50% of its outstanding shares at any time in the last half of the taxable year. The term “individual” for this purpose includes private foundations and certain trusts. The Funds do not expect to be subject to the tax on undistributed personal holding company income, although there can be no assurance that this will never occur.

 

Taxation of Fund Distributions

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment company taxable income are generally taxable as ordinary income to the extent of a Fund’s current or accumulated “earnings and profits.” Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long a Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. Distributions of net capital gains from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for more than one year and that are properly designated by such Fund as capital gain dividends (i.e., “capital gain dividends”) will be taxable to Fund shareholders as long-term capital gains. Generally, distributions of gains from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals is generally 20%.

 

A Fund may designate certain dividends as derived from “qualified dividend income,” which, when received by an individual or other non-corporate shareholder, will be taxed at a maximum tax rate applicable to long-term capital gain. Dividend income distributed to individual or other non-corporate shareholders will qualify as “qualified dividend income” as that term is defined in Section 1(h)(11)(B) of the Code to the extent such distributions are attributable to income from the applicable Fund’s investments in common and preferred stock of U.S. companies and stock of certain qualified foreign corporations provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met by both such Fund (with respect to the dividend paying corporation’s stock) and its shareholders (with respect to the Fund’s shares). No Fund expects a significant portion of distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income. Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from income or gains earned by a Fund before a shareholder invested in that Fund (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid).

70

 

Distributions of earnings are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares (other than distributions, if any, designated by the Fund as “exempt-interest dividends,” a designation which the Funds generally do not expect to make). Any gain resulting from the sale or redemption of Fund shares generally will be taxable as capital gains. Distributions declared and payable by a Fund during October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in any such month and paid by the Fund during the following January will be treated for U.S. federal tax purposes as paid by the Fund and received by shareholders on December 31st of the preceding year.

 

The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals generally is 20%. These tax rates are in addition to the 3.8% Medicare tax imposed on certain net investment income. See “Surtax on Net Investment Income,” below.

 

Dividends received by corporate shareholders that are reported by a Fund in a written statement furnished to shareholders may qualify for 50% dividends received deduction with respect to the amount of qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations and with respect to that portion (if any) of interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations owned by the Fund are treated as dividends. For a shareholder to receive this deduction, certain holding period requirements apply. In particular, a Fund’s corporate shareholders must hold their Fund shares (and must not have certain protections against risk of loss) at least 46 days for the 91-day period beginning on the date 45 days before the date on which a Fund’s shares becomes ex-dividend. Additionally, a Fund must meet similar holding period requirements with respect to shares of the domestic corporation issuing dividends. The dividends-received deduction is also reduced for dividends on certain debt-financed portfolio stock.

 

Section 163(j) of the Code generally limits the deductibility of business interest to the sum of the taxpayer’s business interest income and 30% of its adjusted taxable income. Under Treasury Regulation, a regulated investment company that earn business interest income is permitted to pay section 163(j) interest dividends to its shareholders. A shareholder that receives a section 163(j) interest dividend generally may treat the dividend as interest income for purposes of Code Section 163(j) if certain holding period requirements are met. Generally, the shareholder must have held the fund shares for more than 180 days during the 361-day window beginning 180 days before the ex-dividend date, and the shareholder must not be obligated (under a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property.

 

If a Fund makes a distribution in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits” in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of such shares.

 

Sale or Redemption of Shares

The sale or redemption of Fund shares may give rise to a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount received for the shares and the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitation.

 

All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares of such Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

 

Special Tax Considerations

The following discussion relates to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of the investment policies of the Funds.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

Funds that invest in non-U.S. securities may own shares in certain foreign investment entities, referred to as “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”). In order to avoid U.S. federal income tax and an additional charge on a portion of any “excess distribution” from PFICs or gain from the disposition of PFIC shares, a Fund may elect to “mark-to-market” annually its investments in such entities, which will result in such Fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased all the PFIC stock at the end of each year. As a result of the mark-to-market election, an electing Fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. By making the mark-to-market election, an electing Fund could potentially mitigate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year it may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. As a regulated investment company, an electing Fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the excise tax described above.

71

 

Alternatively, a Fund may elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF election”), in which case the Fund would be required to include its share of the company’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives distributions from the PFIC. As with the mark-to-market election, these amounts would be taken into account by an electing Fund for purposes of satisfying the distribution requirement and the excise tax distribution requirement. Amounts included in income under a QEF election will be qualifying dividend income for a RIC if either (i) the earnings attributable to the inclusions are distributed in the taxable year of the inclusion, or (ii) such earnings are derived with respect to the RIC’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies. In order to make a QEF election, a Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain. Income from investments in PFICs generally will not qualify for treatment as qualified dividend income. Dividends paid by PFICs or by foreign corporations that were PFICs in the year preceding the payment of the dividends are not eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income.

 

If a Fund is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election or a QEF election, the Fund may be subject to U.S. federal income tax and interest on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders.

 

Controlled Foreign Corporations

A Fund may also invest in entities referred to as “controlled foreign corporations” (“CFCs”). A CFC is a foreign corporation in which more than 50% of the stock, by vote or value, is owned by U.S. persons each of whom own, directly or constructively, 10% or more of the stock of a foreign corporation by vote or by value (“U.S. shareholders”). If a Fund is a U.S. shareholder with respect to a CFC, the Fund is generally required to annually include in income its allocable share of the CFC’s (i) “subpart F income” and (ii) global intangible low-tax income (“GILTI”), both as defined by the Code, regardless of whether or not the CFC distributes such amounts to the Fund. Amounts included in gross income by a Fund as subpart F income of a CFC are qualifying income for a RIC under Code Section 851(b) if either (i) such amounts are distributed to the Fund in the taxable year in which they are earned by the CFC, or (ii) such income is derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies. Treasury Regulations provide that GILTI inclusions are treated in the same manner for purposes of Code Section 851(b) as subpart F inclusions.

 

Non-U.S. Taxes

Each Fund that invests in non-U.S. securities may be liable to non-U.S. governments for taxes relating primarily to investment income or capital gains on non-U.S. securities in such Fund’s portfolio. If at the close of its taxable year more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets consists of securities of foreign corporations (including foreign governments), such Fund may make an election under the Code that would allow Fund shareholders who are U.S. persons or U.S. corporations to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction (but not both) on their U.S. income tax return for their pro rata portion of qualified taxes paid by that Fund to non-U.S. countries in respect of non-U.S. securities held at least a minimum period as specified in the Code. If a Fund were eligible for and were to make the election, the amount of each shareholder’s distribution reported on the information returns filed by such Fund with the IRS must be increased by the amount of the shareholder’s portion of such Fund’s foreign tax paid. A shareholder’s ability to claim all or a part of a foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of non-U.S. taxes paid by a Fund would also be subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code.

 

If a Fund were to qualify as a “qualified fund of funds,” the Fund could be entitled to elect to pass-through its foreign tax credits without regard to the above described 50% requirement. For this purpose, the term “qualified fund of funds” means a RIC if (at the close of each quarter of the taxable year) at least 50% of the value of its total assets is represented by interests in other regulated investment companies. The Funds make no assurances as to either the availability of any election discussed in this section or their willingness to make any such election.

 

Non-U.S. Currency Transactions

Transactions in non-U.S. currencies, non-U.S.-currency denominated debt obligations and certain non-U.S. currency options, future contracts, and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the non-U.S. currency concerned and may increase the amount and affect the timing and character of taxes payable by shareholders. Certain of a Fund’s transactions, if any, in foreign currencies and foreign currency denominated instruments are likely to result in a difference between the Fund’s book income and taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of such Fund’s income distributions to constitute a return of capital or capital gain for tax purposes or require the Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to avoid excise tax liability and to qualify as a RIC, which may have the effect of accelerating taxable distributions to shareholders of the Fund.

 

Financial Products

Each Fund’s investments in options, futures contracts, hedging transactions, forward contracts, swaps and certain other transactions will be subject to special tax rules (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale, short sale and other rules), the effect of which may be to accelerate income recognized by such Fund, defer such Fund’s losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of such Fund’s securities, convert capital gain into ordinary income and convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Fund shareholders.

 

Some of a Fund’s investments, such as certain option transactions as well as futures transactions in foreign currency contracts that are traded in the interbank market, may be “section 1256 contracts.” Gains and losses on section 1256 contracts are generally treated as 60% long-term capital and 40% short-term capital, although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as entirely ordinary in character. Section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of a taxable year are “marked to market” for income tax purposes, meaning that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized (and treated on the 60/40 basis described above).

72

 

For a Fund to continue to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a RIC, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year must be derived from qualifying income. Gain realized from closing out futures contracts will be considered qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement to the extent that such gain is derived with respect to the relevant Fund’s business of investing in securities. The IRS could challenge a Fund’s determination that gain from closing out future contracts is qualifying income for purposes of the 90% requirement.

 

Certain positions undertaken by a Fund may constitute “straddles” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses realized by such Fund. Losses realized by a Fund that are part of a straddle may be deferred beyond the point in time that they are realized. The straddle rules, if applicable, could increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by a Fund, which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to shareholders. Certain tax elections that a Fund may make with respect to straddles could affect the character and timing of recognition of gains and losses.

 

Rules governing the tax aspects of notional principal contracts in which a Fund may invest are not clear in various respects. As a result, the IRS could challenge a Fund’s methods of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes for such contracts, and such a challenge could affect the status of such Fund as a RIC.

 

A Fund may make short sales of securities. Short sales may increase the amount of short-term capital gains realized by a Fund, which is taxed as ordinary income to the shareholders when distributed. Short sales may also constitute “constructive sales,” which would result in taxable income before the short-sale positions are terminated.

 

Certain of a Fund’s hedging activities including its transactions in options, futures contracts and foreign currencies, are likely to result in a difference between such Fund’s book income and taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of a Fund’s income distributions to constitute a return of capital or capital gain for tax purposes or require such Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to avoid excise tax liability and to qualify as a RIC, which may have the effect of accelerating taxable distributions to shareholders.

 

Taxation of Certain Commodity-Linked Instruments

The ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund (the “CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund”) seeks to gain exposure to the commodity markets primarily through investments in commodity index-linked notes and through investments in the Subsidiary. The IRS issued a revenue ruling in late 2005 which concluded that income and gain from certain commodity-linked swaps and commodity-linked derivatives is not qualifying income under Subchapter M of the Code. However, in a subsequent revenue ruling issued in 2006, the IRS indicated that income from alternative investment instruments (such as certain structured notes) that create commodity exposure may be considered qualifying income under the Code.

 

For federal income tax purposes, the Subsidiary will be treated as a CFC and the CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund will be treated as a “U.S. shareholder” of the Subsidiary. As a result, the CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund will be required to include in gross income for federal income tax purposes all of the Subsidiary’s “Subpart F income” within the meaning of Section 952 of the Code whether or not such income is distributed by the Subsidiary. See “Controlled Foreign Corporations,” above, concerning the general tax treatment of CFCs. The CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund expects that substantially all of the Subsidiary’s income will qualify as Subpart F Income. That Fund’s recognition of the Subsidiary’s “Subpart F income” will increase its basis in its shares of the Subsidiary. Distributions by the Subsidiary to the CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund will be tax-free, to the extent of its previously undistributed “Subpart F income,” and will correspondingly reduce the Fund’s basis in its shares of the Subsidiary. Under Code Section 815(b) and Treasury Regulations thereunder, the CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund’s Subpart F income from the Subsidiary should be qualifying income for purposes of qualifying as a RIC (i) if the Subsidiary distributes such income to the Fund in the year in which it is earned; or (ii) such income is derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities, or currencies.

 

The CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund has not obtained a ruling from the IRS with respect to its investments in commodity-linked notes or in the Subsidiary. If the IRS were to determine that CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund’s income derived from certain commodity-linked notes or from its investment in the Subsidiary does not constitute qualifying income, and if such position were upheld, the Fund might cease to qualify as a RIC and/or may be required to reduce its exposure to such commodity-linked investments, which might result in difficulty in implementing its investment strategy. See “Taxation of the Funds,” above, concerning the consequences of failing to qualify as a RIC.

 

A foreign corporation, such as the Subsidiary, generally is not subject to U.S. federal income taxation on its business income unless it is engaged in, or deemed to be engaged in, a U.S. trade or business. It is expected that the Subsidiary will conduct its activities so as to satisfy the requirements of a safe-harbor set forth in the Code, under which the Subsidiary may engage in certain commodity-related investments without being treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business. However, if the Subsidiary’s activities were determined not to be of the type described in the safe harbor, its activities may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation.

73

 

A foreign corporation, such as the Subsidiary, that does not conduct a U.S. trade or business is nonetheless subject to a U.S. withholding tax at a flat 30% rate (or lower treaty rate) on certain U.S. source gross income. No tax treaty is in force between the United States and the Cayman Islands that would reduce the 30% rate of withholding tax. However, it is not expected that the Subsidiary will derive income subject to U.S. withholding taxes.

 

Securities Issued or Purchased at a Discount

A Fund may acquire debt obligations that have original issue discount. “Original issue discount” is the excess of a debt obligation’s stated redemption price at maturity over the obligation’s issue price. Under long-standing tax rules, a taxpayer that acquires an obligation with original issue discount generally is required to include the original issue discount in income on a constant yield-to-maturity basis without regard to when, or whether, payments are made on the obligation. Obligations owned by a Fund that have original issue discount may include investment in payment-in-kind securities, and certain other obligations. Obligations with original issue discount owned by a Fund will give rise to income that a Fund will be required to distribute even though the Fund does not receive an interest payment in cash on the obligation during the year and may never receive such payment. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold. A Fund may realize gains or losses from such sales. If a Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution than they would in the absence of such transactions.

 

Some debt obligations that are acquired by a Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having market discount. “Market discount” is generally the excess of the stated redemption price of the bond at maturity over the basis of the bond immediately after its acquisition by the taxpayer. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments. Each Fund may make certain elections applicable to debt obligations having market discount, which could affect the character and timing of recognition of income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. When recognized, market discount is taxable as ordinary income even if interest on the debt obligation in question is tax exempt.

 

Transfers between Classes of a Single Fund

Exchanges of shares between classes of a single Fund are generally not taxable transactions. Certain “significant holders” of the Fund within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-3(c)(1) will be required to include in their federal income tax returns for the year of the exchange of one class of stock for another the information listed in Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-3(b). The term “significant holders” refers to shareholders of a Fund who own at least one percent (by vote or value) of the total outstanding shares of the Fund, as well as shareholders who own shares of the Fund (immediately before the exchange in question) having a tax basis of at least $1 million.

 

High-Risk Securities

Each Fund may invest in debt obligations that are in the lowest rating categories or are unrated. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for a Fund. The application of the U.S. federal income tax rules with respect to these types of investments is complicated and will depend upon the application of the law to facts that may be unclear, which may result in uncertainty about the U.S. federal income tax treatment of these investments (e.g., such as when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts, or worthless securities and how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income). These and other related issues will be addressed by a Fund if it invests in such securities in order to seek to ensure that such Fund distributes sufficient income to avoid becoming subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

 

Real Estate Investment Trusts

A Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities, if any, may result in such Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings. If the Fund receives such distributions all or a portion of these distributions will constitute a return of capital to such Fund. Receiving a return of capital distribution from a REIT will reduce the amount of income available to be distributed to Fund shareholders. Income from REIT securities generally will not be eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income.

 

Under Code Section 199A a deduction of up to 20% is available for taxpayers other than corporations for qualified business income received in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2026, from certain pass-through businesses, including “qualified REIT dividends” from REITs (i.e., ordinary REIT dividends, other than capital gains dividends, and REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income). A RIC may pay and report “section 199A dividends” to its shareholders with respect to the RIC’s qualified REIT dividends. The amount of section 199A dividends that a Fund may pay and report to its shareholders is limited to the excess of the “qualified REIT dividends” that the Fund receives from REITs for a taxable year over the Fund’s expenses allocable to such dividends. A shareholder may treat section 199A dividends received on a share of the Fund as “qualified REIT dividends” if the shareholder has held the share for more than 45 days during the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the date on which the share becomes ex-dividend, but only to the extent that the shareholder is not under an obligation (under a short-sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. A shareholder may include 20% of the shareholder’s “qualified REIT dividends” in the computation of the shareholder’s “combined qualified business income amount” under Code Section 199A. Code Section 199A allows a taxpayer (other than a corporation) a deduction for a taxable year equal to the lesser of (A) the taxpayer’s “combined qualified business income amount” or (B) 20% of the excess of the taxpayer’s taxable income over the taxpayer’s net capital gain for the year.

74

 

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

Under current law, each Fund serves to “block” (that is, prevent the attribution to shareholders of) unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund. This could happen, for example, if either: (1) the applicable Fund invests in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”); or (2) shares in the applicable Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Code. If a charitable remainder trust (as defined in section 664 of the Code) realizes any UBTI for a taxable year, it will be subject to an excise tax equal to the amount of such UBTI.

 

Backup Withholding

Each Fund generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and redemption proceeds paid to any non-corporate shareholder who (i) fails to properly furnish such Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), (ii) has been identified by the IRS as otherwise subject to backup withholding, or (iii) fails to certify to such Fund that it is a U.S. person not subject to such withholding,. The backup withholding tax rate is 24% for tax years beginning before January 1, 2026. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can be subject to IRS penalties.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a shareholder generally may be refunded or credited against the shareholder federal income tax liability, if any, provided that certain required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Cost Basis Reporting

The Funds (or their administrative agents) must report to the IRS and furnish to fund shareholders the cost basis information for fund shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012, when redeemed, exchanged or otherwise sold and whether the shares had a short-term or long-term holding period. In addition, the Funds are required to report the gross proceeds from the sale of all Fund shares (regardless of when such shares were purchased).

 

Shareholders may elect from among several IRS-accepted cost basis methods to calculate the cost basis of their covered shares. In the absence of such an election, the Funds will use their default cost basis method. The cost basis method elected or applied may not be changed after the settlement date of a sale of Fund shares. Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisers concerning the most desirable IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation.

 

Surtax on Net Investment Income

A surtax of 3.8% applies to net investment income of an individual taxpayer and to the undistributed net investment income of certain estates and trusts, in each case if the taxpayer’s gross income as adjusted exceeds a certain amount. Net investment income includes interest, dividends, royalties, rents, gross income from a trade or business involving passive activities, and net gain from disposition of property (other than property held in a non-passive trade or business). Net investment income also includes ordinary income and capital gain distributions received with respect to shares of a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of such Fund shares. Net investment income is reduced by deductions properly allocable to such income.

 

Foreign Shareholders

For purposes of this discussion, “foreign shareholders” are shareholders that are foreign persons, including: (i) individuals classified as nonresident aliens for U.S. tax purposes, (ii) foreign trusts (i.e., trusts other than a trust with respect to which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), (iii) foreign estates (i.e., an estate the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax on its foreign-source income), and (iv) foreign corporations (i.e., entities classified as corporations for U.S. tax purposes other than an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any state). If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity, whether domestic or foreign, that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares, the tax treatment of the partnership and partners in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partners and the partnership. Partnerships that own, or are considering the purchase of shares of, a Fund should consult their tax advisers regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of a Fund.

 

U.S. Withholding Requirements Generally

Subject to the exceptions described below, distributions made to foreign shareholders of a Fund will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding. If any distribution made by the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding generally applicable to foreign shareholders will not apply provided that the shareholder provides the Fund with proper document (generally on a Form W-8ECI) certifying its eligibility for such treatment, and the distribution will be subject to the tax, withholding, and reporting requirements generally applicable to U.S. shareholders, and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation.

75

 

Short-Term Capital Gain Dividends

If a foreign shareholder of a Fund timely furnishes valid tax documentation on the appropriate Form W-8 certifying its non-U.S. status, short-term capital gain dividends properly reported by the Fund to shareholders as paid from its net short-term capital gains in excess of the Fund’s net long-term capital losses, other than short-term capital gains realized on disposition of U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below under “Redemptions and Capital Gain Dividends”), will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax unless the shareholder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year of the dividend and certain other conditions apply.

 

Interest-Related Dividends

If a foreign shareholder of a Fund timely furnishes valid tax documentation on the appropriate Form W-8 certifying its non-U.S. status, dividends properly reported by the Fund to shareholders as interest-related dividends and paid from its net “qualified interest income” generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, the sum of a Fund’s U.S. source: (i) bank deposit interest, (ii) short-term original issue discount (payable 183 days or less from the date of its original issuance), (iii) interest on obligations in registered form that qualifies as “portfolio interest,” and (iv) any interest-related dividend passed through from another RIC, in each case in excess of expenses allocable to the interest income. However, with respect to clauses (iii) and (iv), a Fund’s interest-related dividends paid to a foreign shareholder are subject to U.S. taxation to the extent attributable to interest received by the Fund on indebtedness issued by (a) the foreign shareholder, (b) any corporation or partnership of which the foreign shareholder is a 10 percent owner, or (c) a person related to the foreign shareholder if the foreign shareholder is a CFC. In addition, dividends do not qualify as interest-related dividends if paid to foreign shareholders in countries for certain periods during which the Secretary of the Treasury determines that there is inadequate information exchange between such country and the United States to prevent the evasion of U.S. income tax by a U.S. person.

 

Shares Held Through an Intermediary

Where shares of a Fund are held through an intermediary, even if the Fund reports a distribution in a manner described above, no assurance can be made that the intermediary will respect such a designation. Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts. In addition, the foregoing exemptions from U.S. withholding tax do not apply to withholding required under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), described under the discussion below under “Foreign Accounts.

 

Redemptions and Capital Gain Dividends

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the redemption or other disposition of shares of a Fund or from capital gain dividends are not subject to federal income or withholding tax, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, are attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder, (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the disposition of Fund shares or the receipt of capital gain dividends and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the Fund is a “qualified investment entity.” A RIC is a “qualified investment entity” if it either is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC) or would be a USRPHC but for the application of certain exceptions to the definition thereof. A USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds U.S. real property interests (“USRPIs”) the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s interests in real property and trade or business assets. USRPIs generally include any interest in U.S. real property and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a domestic corporation that was a USRPHC in the preceding five years (or during the shareholder’s holding period in shares of the USRPHC, if shorter).

 

If a foreign shareholder of a Fund is subject to tax for the reason identified in clause (i), above, the tax, withholding, and reporting requirements applicable to U.S. shareholders generally will apply to the foreign shareholder and an additional branch profits tax may apply if the foreign shareholder is a foreign corporation. If clause (i) is inapplicable but clause (ii), above, applies, such gains and distributions will be subject to federal income tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). If clause (iii), above, applies, any distributions by the Fund to a foreign shareholder (including, in certain cases, distributions made by the Fund in redemption of its shares) attributable to gains realized by the Fund on the disposition of USRPIs or attributable to certain distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier RIC or real estate investment trust, would be subject to U.S. tax withholding. In addition, such distributions could result in the foreign shareholder being required to file a U.S. income tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a foreign shareholder, including the rate of withholding and the character of such distributions (e.g., as ordinary income or capital gain), would depend upon the extent of the foreign shareholder’s current and past ownership of the Fund. In addition, if the Fund were a USRPHC or former USRPHC, it could be required to withhold U.S. tax on the proceeds of a share redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, in which case such foreign shareholder generally would also be required to file U.S. tax returns and pay any additional taxes due in connection with the redemption.

 

Whether or not a Fund is characterized as a “qualified investment entity” will depend upon the nature and mix of the Fund’s assets. Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisors concerning the application of these rules to their investment in a Fund.

 

Other Withholding Rules

In general, a foreign shareholder of a Fund that intends to qualify for a lower rate of withholding under an applicable U.S. income tax treaty must provide the Fund with proper document (generally on a Form W-8BEN) certifying its eligibility for treaty relief. Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers in this regard. Treaty relief is not available for excess inclusions received directly or indirectly from REMIC residual interests or from REIT TMPs that are allocated to Fund shareholders.

76

 

Distributions and redemption proceeds paid or credited to a foreign shareholder of a Fund are generally exempt from backup withholding. However, a foreign shareholder of a Fund may be required to establish that exemption by providing certification of foreign status on an appropriate Form W-8.

 

Foreign Accounts

Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (or “FATCA”), foreign financial institutions as defined by FATCA (“FFIs”) or non-financial foreign entities as defined by FATCA (“NFFEs”) that are shareholders of a Fund may be subject to a 30% withholding tax on: (1) income dividends paid by the Fund, and (2) certain capital gain distributions and the proceeds of a sale of Fund shares. The FATCA withholding tax generally may be avoided: (a) by an FFI, if it reports certain direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts held by U.S. persons with the FFI, and (b) by an NFFE, if it: (i) certifies that is has no substantial U.S. persons as owners or (ii) if it does have such owners, agrees to report information relating to them to the withholding agent (which may be the Fund). The U.S. Treasury has negotiated intergovernmental agreements (each, an “IGA”) with certain countries and is in various stages of negotiations with other foreign countries with respect to one or more alternative approaches to implement FATCA. An entity in one of those countries may be required to comply with the terms of an IGA and applicable local law instead of U.S. Treasury regulations.

 

An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a tax compliance agreement with the IRS under section 1471(b) of the Code under which it agrees to verify, report and disclose certain of its U.S. accountholders and provided that such entity meets certain other specified requirements. The FFI will report to the IRS, or, depending on the FFI’s country of residence, to the government of that country (pursuant to the terms and conditions of an applicable IGA and applicable law), which will, in turn, report to the IRS. An FFI that is resident in a country that has entered into an IGA with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the FFI shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

 

An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from a Fund can avoid FATCA withholding generally by certifying that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or by providing the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner. The NFFE will report to the Fund or other applicable withholding agent, which will, in turn, report information to the IRS.

 

Foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by U.S. Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that invests in a Fund will need to provide the Fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. The requirements imposed by FATCA are in addition to, the U.S. certification rules to avoid backup withholding described above.

 

Reportable Transactions

Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or twice such amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Whether a loss is reportable under these regulations does not determine whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders who own portfolio securities directly are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement but, under current guidance, shareholders of regulated investment companies are not excepted. A shareholder who fails to make the required disclosure to the IRS may be subject to substantial penalties. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether or not the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper.

 

Other Tax Matters

Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-advantaged plans and to investments made by tax-exempt entities. Shareholders should consult their tax advisor to determine the suitability of shares of a Fund as an investment through such plans or by such entities and the precise effect of an investment in the Funds would have on their particular tax situation.

 

The foregoing discussion relates solely to U.S. federal income tax law. Dividends and distributions also may be subject to state and local taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and, where applicable, foreign taxes. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of ownership of shares of the Fund and for more information on the certification and filing requirements imposed on foreign investors in order to qualify for exemption from the backup withholding tax rates (or a reduced rate of withholding provided by treaty).

 

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable provisions of the Code and related regulations currently in effect. For the complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and regulations. The Code and regulations are subject to change by legislative or administrative actions.

77

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST

 

The Trust was organized as a Delaware business trust on November 30, 1993 and consists of multiple separate portfolios or series. The Board may establish additional series in the future. The capitalization of the Trust consists solely of an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest with no par value.

 

The Trust consists of multiple separate portfolios or funds. When certain matters affect one fund but not another, the shareholders would vote as a fund regarding such matters. Subject to the foregoing, on any matter submitted to a vote of shareholders, all shares then entitled to vote will be voted separately by the fund unless otherwise required by the 1940 Act, in which case all shares will be voted in the aggregate. For example, a change in a fund’s fundamental investment policies would be voted upon only by shareholders of the fund. Additionally, approvals of the respective Investment Advisory Contract and/or Management Contract are matters to be determined separately by each fund.

 

Approval by the shareholders of one Fund is effective as to that Fund whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other fund to approve the proposal as to that Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a fund means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the fund or class represented at a meeting if the holder of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the fund or class are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held and fractional votes for fractional shares held.

 

The Trust is not required to hold regular annual meetings of a fund’s shareholders and does not intend to do so. However, the Trust undertakes to hold a special meeting of its shareholders if the purpose of voting on the question of removal of a director or trustees is requested in writing by the holders of at least 10% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities, and to assist in communicating with other shareholders as required by Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act. The Trust Instrument provides that the holders of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Trust may remove a person serving as Trustee either by declaration in writing or at a meeting called for such purpose.

 

Each share of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of each fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to such Fund that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets of the Trust not attributable to a particular Fund that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.

 

Under Delaware law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of a series of the Trust but only to the extent of the shareholder’s investment in such series. However, the Trust Instrument disclaims liability of the shareholders, Trustees or Officers of the Trust for acts or obligations of the Trust, which are binding only on the assets and property of each series of the Trust and requires that notice of the disclaimer be given in each contract or obligations entered into or executed by the Trust or the Trustees. The risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations and should be considered remote and is limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment in the Fund.

 

OTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS

 

State Street Bank and Trust Company, located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA, 02171 (“State Street”), serves as Custodian for the ALPS | Global Opportunity Fund, ALPS | CoreCommodity Management CompleteCommodities Strategy Fund (as well as the Subsidiary), RiverFront Asset Allocation Growth & Income, and the Smith Funds. As such, State Street hold in safekeeping certificated securities and cash belonging to the respective Funds and, in such capacity, is the registered owner of securities in book-entry form belonging to the Funds. Upon instruction, State Street receives and delivers cash and securities of the respective Funds in connection with portfolio transactions and collect all dividends and other distributions made with respect to portfolio securities. State Street also maintains certain accounts and records of the Funds.

 

Transfer Agent. ALPS, pursuant to a Transfer Agency and Service Agreement, serves as transfer agent for the Funds. As Transfer Agent, ALPS has, among other things, agreed to (i) issue and redeem shares of the Funds; (ii) make dividend and other distributions to shareholders of the Fund; (iii) effect transfers of shares; (iv) mail communications to shareholders of the Funds, including account statements, confirmations, and dividend and distribution notices; (v) facilitate the electronic delivery of shareholder statements and reports and (vi) maintain shareholder accounts. Under the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement, ALPS receives from the Trust an annual minimum fee and a fee based upon the number of shareholder accounts and is also reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses. As described above, ALPS is an affiliate of APSD and the Adviser.

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Cohen & Company, Ltd. (“Cohen”) serves as the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm. Cohen is located at 1350 Euclid Avenue, Suite 800, Cleveland, Ohio 44115. The information presented for the fiscal year ended October 31,2022 has been audited by Cohen & Company, Ltd., the Fund's independent registered public accounting firm, whose reports, along with the Fund's financial statements, are included in the Fund's annual report, which is available by calling 866-759-5679. The information for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 through October 31, 2018 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

78

 

Counsel. Davis Graham & Stubbs LLP serves as counsel to the Funds and is located at 1550 17th Street, Suite 500, Denver, Colorado 80202.

 

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

 

Yield and Total Return. The Funds may from time to time include the yield and/or total return of its shares in advertisements or information in advertisements or information furnished to present or prospective shareholders.

 

Each Fund’s yield will vary from time to time depending upon market conditions, the composition of its portfolios and operating expenses of the Trust allocated to each Fund. These factors, possible differences in the methods used in calculating yield, and the tax exempt status of distributions, should be considered when comparing each Fund’s yield to yields published for other investment companies and other investment vehicles. Yield should also be considered relative to changes in the value of each Fund’s shares and to the relative risks associated with the investment objectives and policies of the Fund.

 

At any time in the future, yields and total return may be higher or lower than past yields and there can be no assurance that any historical results will continue.

 

Investors in each Fund are specifically advised that share prices, expressed as the net asset value per share, will vary just as yield will vary. An investor’s focus on the yield of a Fund to the exclusion of the consideration of the share price of that Fund may result in the investor’s misunderstanding the total return he or she may derive from the Fund.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The financial statements and financial highlights in the October 31, 2022 Annual Report (the “Annual Report”) of the Funds are incorporated in this SAI by reference. The financial statements and financial highlights in the Annual Report have been audited by Cohen & Company, Ltd., whose report thereon appears in the Annual Report. You can obtain additional copies of such Annual Report at no charge by writing or telephoning the Funds at the address or toll-free number on the front page of this SAI. For periods prior to October 31, 2022, the Funds' financial statements were audited by another auditor. The information presented for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022 has been audited by Cohen & Company, Ltd., the Fund's independent registered public accounting firm, whose reports, along with the Fund's financial statements, are included in the Fund's annual report, which is available by calling 866-759-5679. The information for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 through October 31, 2018 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.

79

 

APPENDIX A

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

 

The Fund may make use of average portfolio credit quality standards to assist institutional investors whose own investment guidelines limit their investments accordingly. In determining the Fund’s overall dollar-weighted average quality, unrated securities are treated as if rated, based on the adviser’s view of their comparability to rated securities. The Fund’s use of average quality criteria is intended to be a guide for those investors whose investment guidelines require that assets be invested according to comparable criteria. Reference to an overall average quality rating for the Fund does not mean that all securities held by the Fund will be rated in that category or higher. The Fund’s investments may range in quality from securities rated in the lowest category in which the Fund is permitted to invest to securities rated in the highest category (as rated by Moody’ s, S&P or Fitch or, if unrated, determined by the adviser to be of comparable quality). The percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in securities in a particular rating category will vary. Following is a description of Moody’s, S&P’s and Fitch’s ratings applicable to fixed-income securities.

 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Corporate and Municipal Bond Ratings

 

Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edge.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

Aa: Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present that make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than with Aaa securities.

 

A: Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present that suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa: Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured), interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba: Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B: Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa: Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca: Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C: Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s bond ratings, where specified, are applicable to financial contracts, senior bank obligations and insurance company senior policyholder and claims obligations with an original maturity in excess of one year. Obligations relying upon support mechanisms such as letter-of-credit and bonds of indemnity are excluded unless explicitly rated. Obligations of a branch of a bank are considered to be domiciled in the country in which the branch is located.

 

Unless noted as an exception, Moody’s rating on a bank’s ability to repay senior obligations extends only to branches located in countries which carry a Moody’s Sovereign Rating for Bank Deposits. Such branch obligations are rated at the lower of the bank’s rating or Moody’s Sovereign Rating for the Bank Deposits for the country in which the branch is located. When the currency in which an obligation is denominated is not the same as the currency of the country in which the obligation is domiciled, Moody’s ratings do not incorporate an opinion as to whether payment of the obligation will be affected by the actions of the government controlling the currency of denomination. In addition, risk associated with bilateral conflicts between an investor’s home country and cither the issuer’s home country or the country where an issuer branch is located are not incorporated into Moody’s ratings.

A-1

 

Moody’s makes no representation that rated bank obligations or insurance company obligations are exempt from registration under the Securities Act or issued in conformity with any other applicable law or regulation. Nor does Moody’s represent that any specific bank or insurance company obligation is legally enforceable or a valid senior obligation of a rated issuer.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers, 1,2, and 3 in each generic rating classified from Aa through Caa in its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

 

Corporate Short-Term Debt Ratings

 

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

 

Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment-grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

 

PRIME-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics: leading market positions in well-established industries; high rates of return on funds employed: conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection; broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation; and well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

 

PRIME-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

 

PRIME-3: Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

 

NOT PRIME: Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services

Issue Credit Rating Definitions

 

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The issue credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.

 

Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors or obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit in connection with any credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.

 

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days, including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

 

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: likelihood of payment - capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation: nature of and provisions of the obligation; protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

A-2

 

Corporate and Municipal Bond Ratings 

Investment-grade

 

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

AA: An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

A: An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

BBB: An obligation rated ‘BBS’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

Speculative Grade

 

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’ and ‘C’ are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

BB: An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B: An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

CCC: An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

CC: An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

 

C: A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘C’ rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A ‘C’ also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

D: An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

Provisional ratings: The letter “p” indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project being financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful and timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of, or the risk of default upon failure of, such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

 

r: This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples include: obligations linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities; obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk - such as interest-only or principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

 

The absence of an “r” symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.

A-3

 

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

 

Debt obligations of issuers outside the United States and its territories are rated on the same basis as domestic corporate and municipal issues. The ratings measure the creditworthiness of the obligor but do not take into account currency exchange and related uncertainties.

 

Commercial Paper Rating Definitions

 

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from A for the highest quality obligations to D for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

 

A-1: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B: A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

C: A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

D: A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

A commercial paper rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a security inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. The ratings are based on current information furnished to Standard & Poor’s by the issuer or obtained from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in or unavailability of such information.

 

Fitch Investor Services, Inc

Credit Ratings

 

Fitch’s credit ratings provide an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving their money back in accordance with the terms on which they invested. Fitch’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign (including supranational and sub-national), financial, bank, insurance, municipal and other public finance entities and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.

 

The use of credit ratings defines their function: “investment grade” ratings (international Long-term ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB-’ categories; Short-term ‘F1’ to ‘F3’) indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while those in the “speculative” or “non investment grade” categories (international Long-term ‘BB+’ to ‘D’; Short-term ‘B’ to ‘D’) either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred. Credit ratings express risk in relative rank order, which is to say they are ordinal measures of credit risk and are not predictive of a specific frequency of default or loss.

 

Depending on their application, credit ratings address benchmark measures of probability of default as well relative expectations of loss given default. For example, issuers are typically assigned Issuer Default Ratings that are relative measures of default probability. Similarly, short-term credit ratings give primary consideration to the likelihood that obligations will be met on a timely basis. Securities, however, are rated taking into consideration probability of default and loss given default. As a result, for entities such as corporations security ratings may be rated higher, lower or the same as the issuer rating to reflect expectations of the security’s relative recovery prospects, as well as differences in ability and willingness to pay. While recovery analysis plays an important role throughout the ratings scale, it becomes a more critical consideration for below investment-grade securities and obligations, particularly at the lower end of the non-investment-grade ratings scale where Fitch often publishes actual Recovery Ratings, that are complementary to the credit ratings.

A-4

 

Structured finance ratings typically are assigned to each individual security or tranche in a transaction, and not to an issuer. Each structured finance tranche is rated on the basis of various stress scenarios in combination with its relative seniority, prioritization of cash flows and other structural mechanisms.

 

International Long-Term Credit Ratings

 

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (LTCR) may also be referred to as Long-Term Ratings. When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations.

 

The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings:

 

Investment Grade

 

AAA

 

Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

AA

 

Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

A

 

High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

BBB

 

Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that there are currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment grade category.

 

Speculative Grade

 

BB

 

Speculative

 

‘BB’ ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

 

B

 

Highly speculative

 

For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

 

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R1’ (outstanding).

 

CCC

 

For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions.

 

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R2’ (superior), or ‘R3’ (good) or ‘R4’ (average).

A-5

 

CC

 

For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable.

 

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of ‘R4’ (average) or ‘R5’ (below average).

 

C

 

For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent.

 

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R6’ (poor).

 

RD

 

Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

 

D

 

Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following:

 

failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation;

 

the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or

 

the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

 

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

 

Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or ‘CCC-C’ categories.

 

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

 

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

 

The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A Short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for US public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique risk characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus place greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

 

F1

 

Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

F2

 

Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

 

F3

 

Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non investment grade.

A-6

 

B

 

Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

C

 

High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

 

RD

 

Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other obligations.

 

D

 

Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

 

Notes to International Long-Term and Short-Term ratings:

 

The modifiers “+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC’ or to Short-term ratings other than ‘Fl’. (The +/– modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

 

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive,” indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative,” for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving,” if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

 

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are “stable” could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

 

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned: it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

 

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term “put” or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

 

Interest Only

 

Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

 

Principal Only

 

Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

 

Rate of Return

 

Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

 

‘PIF’

 

Paid-in-Full: denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

 

‘NR’ indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

 

‘Withdrawn’: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

A-7

 

APPENDIX B

 

ALPS Advisors, Inc.
Proxy Voting Policy, Procedures and Guidelines

 

1. POLICY STATEMENT & GENERAL BACKGROUND

 

a. Overview

 

An investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients’ proxies must adopt written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that those proxies are voted in the best economic interests of clients. An adviser’s policies and procedures must address how the adviser resolves material conflicts of interest between its interests and those of its clients. An investment adviser must comply with certain record keeping and disclosure requirements with respect to its proxy voting responsibilities. In addition, an investment adviser to ERISA accounts has an affirmative obligation to vote proxies for an ERISA account, unless the client expressly retains proxy voting authority.

 

b. Policy Summary

 

AAI has adopted and implemented the following policies and procedures, which it believes are reasonably designed to: (1) ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interest of clients and (2) address material conflicts of interest that may arise. AAI will provide clients with a copy of its policies and procedures, as they may be updated from time to time, upon request. Information regarding AAI’s proxy voting decisions is confidential. Therefore, the information may be shared on a need to know basis only, including within AAI. Advisory clients may obtain information on how their proxies were voted by AAI. However, AAI will not selectively disclose its investment company clients’ proxy voting records to third parties; the investment company clients’ proxy records will be disclosed to shareholders by publicly-available annual filings or each investment company’s proxy voting record for 12-month periods ending June 30th.

 

With respect to investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, any assignment of voting authority over the Funds’ voting securities is typically delegated to ALPS Advisors, Inc. (“AAI”) as the Funds’ investment adviser, or the Funds’ sub-adviser by the respective Funds’ Board of Trustees/Directors.

 

Voting Delegated to Sub-Advisers

If the Funds’ day-to-day investment decisions are performed by the Funds’ investment sub-adviser(s), Funds’ Board of Trustees/Directors may elect to delegate the responsibility of voting proxies to such sub-adviser to be voted in accordance to the sub-adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. For securities in the portfolio of a Fund that is managed by more than one sub-adviser, each sub-adviser shall make voting decisions pursuant to their own proxy voting policies and procedures, as adopted in conformance with the Advisers Act for their respective portions of the Fund’s portfolio, unless directed otherwise. In addition, proxy voting authority may be delegated to AAI where it serves as the Funds’ sub-adviser.

 

c. Policy

 

All proxies regarding client securities for which AAI has authority to vote will, unless AAI determines in accordance with policies stated below to refrain from voting, be voted in a manner considered by AAI to be in the best interest of AAI’s clients. The best interest of clients is defined for this purpose as the interest of enhancing or protecting the economic value of client accounts, considered as a group rather than individually, as AAI determines in its sole and absolute discretion. There may also be instances where a fund relies upon Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act, and by law, the fund may be required to vote proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of the acquired fund (i.e., “echo vote”). In the event a client believes that its other interests require a different vote, AAI will vote as the client clearly instructs, provided AAI receives such instructions in time to act accordingly.

 

AAI endeavors to vote, in accordance with this Policy, all proxies of which it becomes aware, subject to the following general exceptions (unless otherwise agreed) when AAI expects to routinely refrain from voting:

 

i. Proxies will usually not be voted in cases where the security has been loaned from the client’s account and subsequently, AAI determines that the type of proxy issue is not material to shareholders. AAI will utilize the below considerations to determine if a security then on loan should be recalled for voting purposes. Decisions will generally be made on a case-by-case basis depending on whether, in AAI’s judgment,:

 

the matter to be voted on has critical significance to the potential value of the security in question;

 

the security represents a significant holding and whether the security is considered a long-term holding; and

 

AAI believes it can recall the security in time to cast the vote.

B-1

 

ii. Proxies will usually not be voted in cases where AAI deems the costs to the client and/or the administrative inconvenience of voting the security outweigh the benefit of doing so (e.g., international issuers who impose share blocking restrictions).

 

AAI seeks to avoid the occurrence of actual or apparent material conflicts of interest in the proxy voting process by voting in accordance with predetermined voting guidelines and observing other procedures that are intended to guard against and manage conflicts of interest (refer to Section 2.b., Conflicts of Interest, below).

 

2.OPERATING PROCEDURES & CONTROL ACTIVITIES

 

Where proxy voting is delegated to the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser will adopt proxy voting policies and procedures in accordance in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. AAI has adopted the following proxy voting procedures and controls for any client securities which AAI has authority to vote on:

 

a.Proxy Committee

 

AAI has established a Proxy Committee whose standing members are determined by AAI’s Chief Compliance Officer. These members participate as voting authorities on the Proxy Committee. Each standing member may designate a senior portfolio manager or a senior analyst officer to act as a substitute in a given matter on their behalf. Additionally, the Proxy Committee regularly involves other associates who participate as needed to enable effective execution of the Committee’s responsibilities.

 

The Proxy Committee’s functions include, but are not limited to:

 

i. Providing input and/or recommendations on the vote direction on proposals where special or individual consideration is requested;

 

ii. review periodically these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures to ensure consistency with internal policies, client disclosures and regulatory requirements;

 

iii. development and modification of Voting Procedures, as stated in Section 2.d., as it deems appropriate or necessary.

 

b. Conflicts of Interest

 

For purposes of this policy, a material conflict of interest is a relationship or activity engaged in by AAI, an AAI affiliate, or an AAI associate that creates an incentive (or appearance thereof) to favor the interests of AAI, the affiliate, or associate, rather than the clients’ interests. For example, AAI may have a conflict of interest if either AAI has a significant business relationship with a company that is soliciting a proxy, or if an AAI associate involved in the proxy voting decision-making process has a significant personal or family relationship with the particular company. A conflict of interest is considered to be “material” to the extent that a reasonable person could expect the conflict to influence AAI’s decision on the particular vote at issue. In all cases where there is deemed to be a material conflict of interest, AAI will seek to resolve it in the clients’ best interests.

 

AAI follows the proxy guidelines and uses other research services provided by Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”) or another independent third party. In providing proxy voting services to AAI, ISS provides vote recommendations on a pre-determined policy. Generally, AAI will vote proxies based on ISS’ pre-determined voting policy. In doing so, AAI demonstrates that its vote would not be a product of a conflict of interest as AAI would have little or no discretion on how the proxy was voted.

 

AAI has undertaken a review of ISS’ conflicts of interest procedures, and will continue to monitor them on an ongoing basis. In the event that AAI determines that it would be appropriate to use another third party, it will undertake a similar conflicts of interest assessment review.

 

c. Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

i. AAI’s Proxy Voting Guidelines – General Practices

 

The Proxy Committee has adopted the guidelines for voting proxies specified in Appendix A of this policy. AAI will use an independent, third-party vendor to implement its proxy voting process as AAI’s proxy voting agent. In general, whenever a vote is solicited, ISS or another independent third party will execute the vote according to AAI’s Voting Guidelines.

 

ii. Ability to Vote Proxies Other than as Provided by Voting Guidelines

 

A portfolio manager or other party involved with a client’s account may conclude that the best interest of the firm’s client, as defined above, requires that a proxy be voted in a manner that differs from the predetermined proxy Voting Guidelines. In this situation, he or she will submit to AAI’s Compliance Department the proposed proxy vote(s) and a written explanation of the reason(s) for voting in a manner that differs from the predetermined proxy Voting Guidelines.

B-2

 

A research analyst or portfolio manager must disclose in writing any inappropriate attempt to influence their recommendation or any other personal interest that they have with the issuer.

 

iii. Other Proxy Proposals

 

For the following categories of proposals either the Proxy Committee will determine how proxies related to all such proposals will be voted, or the proxies will be voted in accordance with ISS’ or a an individual client’s guidelines.

 

New Proposals. For each new type of proposal that is expected to be proposed to shareholders of multiple companies, the Proxy Committee will develop a Voting Guideline which will be incorporated into this Policy.

 

Accounts Adhering to Taft Hartley Principles. All proposals for these accounts will be voted according to the Taft Hartley Guidelines developed by ISS.

 

Accounts Adhering to Socially Responsible Principles. All proposals for these accounts will be voted according to the Socially Responsible Guidelines developed by ISS or as specified by the client.

 

Proxies of International Issuers which Block Securities Sales between the Time a Shareholder submits a Proxy and the Vote. In general, AAI will refrain from voting such securities. However, in the exceptional circumstances that AAI determines that it would be appropriate to vote such proxies, all proposals for these securities will be voted only on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee and to the extent practicable in accordance with the Voting Guidelines set forth in this Policy.

 

Proxies of Investment Company Shares. Proposals on issues other than those provided in Section 2.c.i will be voted on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee.

 

Executive/Director Compensation. Except as provided in Section 2.c.i, proposals relating to compensation of any executive or director will be voted as recommended by ISS or as otherwise directed by the Proxy Committee.

 

Preemptive Rights. Proposals to create or eliminate shareholder preemptive rights. In evaluating these proposals the Proxy Committee will consider the size of the company and the nature of its shareholder base.

 

d. Voting Procedures

 

The Proxy Committee has developed the following procedures to aid the voting of proxies according to the Voting Guidelines. The Proxy Committee may revise these procedures from time to time, as it deems necessary or appropriate to affect the purposes of this Policy.

 

i. AAI will use an independent, third-party vendor, to implement its proxy voting process as AAI’s proxy voting agent. This retention is subject to AAI continuously assessing the vendor’s independence from AAI and its affiliates, and the vendor’s ability to perform its responsibilities (and, especially, its responsibility to vote client proxies in accordance with AAI’s proxy voting guidelines) free of any actual, potential or apparent material conflicts of interests that may arise between the interests of the vendor, its affiliates, the vendor’s other clients and the owners, officers or employees of any such firm, on the one hand, and AAI’s clients, on the other hand. As means of performing this assessment, AAI will require various reports and notices from the vendor, as well as periodic audits of the vendor’s voting record and other due diligence.

 

ii. ISS will provide proxy analysis and record keeping services in addition to voting proxies on behalf of AAI in accordance with this Policy.

 

iii. On a daily basis, AAI or designee will send to ISS a holdings file detailing each equity holding held in all accounts over which AAI has voting authority.

 

iv. AAI will complete a Vote Authorization Registration with ISS for any new client, which will describe how ballots will be executed on behalf of the client. In addition, AAI will complete and provide the client’s custodian bank with a Letter of Authorization. The letter will serve as notice that AAI has retained ISS to act as the voting agent for the securities held in the client’s account and will instruct the custodian bank to forward all ballots, meeting notices, and other proxy materials to ISS.

 

v. ISS will receive proxy material information from Proxy Edge or the custodian bank for the account. This will include issues to be voted upon, together with a breakdown of holdings for AAI accounts. ISS will then reconcile information it receives from Proxy Edge and custodian banks. Any discrepancies will be promptly noted and resolved by ISS, with notice to AAI.

 

vi. Whenever a vote is solicited, ISS will execute the vote according to AAI’s Voting Guidelines which will be delivered by AAI to ISS as set forth in Appendix A of these policies and procedures and anytime there is a material change to these guidelines.

 

If ISS is unsure how to vote a particular proxy, ISS will issue a request for voting instructions to AAI over a secure website. AAI personnel will check this website regularly. The request will be accompanied by a recommended vote. The recommended vote will be based upon ISS’ understanding of the Voting Guidelines previously delivered to ISS. AAI will promptly provide ISS with any amendments or modifications to the Voting Guidelines if necessary. AAI will return a final instruction to vote to ISS, which ISS will record with Proxy Edge or the custodian bank as our agent.

B-3

 

vii. Each time that ISS sends AAI a request to vote, the request will be accompanied by the recommended vote determined in accordance with AAI’s Voting Guidelines. ISS will vote as indicated in the request unless the client has reserved discretion, the Portfolio Manager(s) determines that the best interest of clients requires another vote, or the proposal is a matter as to which the Proxy Committee affords special, individual consideration. In such situations, ISS will vote based on the direction of the client, Portfolio Manager(s) or the Proxy Committee, as the case may be. The interests of AAI’s Taft Hartley or Socially Responsible clients may impact a proposal that normally should be voted in a certain way. ISS will inform AAI of all proposals having impact on its Taft Hartley and or Socially Responsible clients.

 

viii. ISS will have procedures in place to ensure that a vote is cast on every security holding maintained by AAI on which a vote is solicited unless otherwise directed by the Proxy Committee. On a yearly basis, or as required by our clients, AAI will receive a report from ISS detailing AAI’s voting for the previous period.

 

e. Proxy Advisory Firm Oversight

 

i. Initial Assessment

 

In selecting a third-party proxy advisory firm, AAI will perform an initial due diligence review to ensure that voting determinations are made in the best interests of AAI clients and in accordance with these policies and procedures. AAI’s review will include, but is not limited to, assessing:

 

The necessary resources to fulfill the proxy voting responsibilities;

Policies and procedures with respect to obtaining issuer and client input on proxy voting policies; and

Transparency regarding voting recommendations and research methodologies.

 

ii. Ongoing Reviews

 

In addition to the initial evaluation of a proxy advisory firm, AAI will conduct ongoing assessments of the proxy advisory firm’s business. Such reviews will occur at periodic intervals and will include, but are not limited to:

 

Summary of material changes, if any, to the proxy advisory firm’s business and how such changes impact the services provided to AAI and its clients;

 

Methodology updates to guidelines and voting recommendations; and

 

Disclosure of conflicts of interest.

 

f. Securities Lending

 

Each Fund advised by AAI, where authorized by its respective Board, may engage in securities lending transactions, to the extent permitted by the Fund’s investment policies and limitations. The Adviser will be required to monitor for scheduled or anticipated proxy votes relating to securities on loan and determine whether the securities should be recalled from loan on the relevant record date. There may be situations where the Adviser may not be able to recall the security in time to cast the vote.

 

g. Supervision

 

Managers and supervisory personnel are responsible for ensuring that their associates understand and follow this policy and any applicable procedures adopted by the business group to implement the policy. The Proxy Committee has ultimate responsibility for the implementation of this Policy.

 

h. Escalation

 

With the exception of conflicts of interest-related matters, issues arising under this policy should be escalated to AAI’s CCO, or designee. Issues involving potential or actual conflicts of interest should be promptly communicated to Compliance or Legal. Compliance will notify the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer(s), if a material conflict of interest is deemed to have arisen.

 

i. Monitoring

 

AAI’s Compliance Department is primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the proxy voting process. The Compliance Department’s monitoring will take into account the following elements: (1) periodic review of ISS votes to ensure that ISS is accurately voting consistent with AAI’s Proxy Guidelines and such voting recommendations are based on accurate and complete information; and (2) review of the Funds’ N-PX report to ensure that it’s filed in a timely and accurate manner. Additionally, AAI will review ISS’ conflicts of interest policies.

B-4

 

AAI’s Compliance Committee monitors proxy matters for its clients including monitoring material conflicts of interest identified.

 

j. Availability of Proxy Policy and Voting Record

 

A summary disclosure regarding the provisions of this Policy will be available in AAI’s Form ADV, to the extent AAI is required to prepare Part 2 to Form ADV. Upon receipt of a Client’s request for more information, AAI will provide to the Client a copy of this Policy and/or how AAI voted proxies for the Client pursuant to this Policy for up to a one-year period.

 

AAI will not selectively disclose its investment company clients’ proxy voting records; rather, AAI will disclose such information by publicly available annual filings. AAI will create and maintain records of each investment company’s proxy record for 12-month periods ended June 30th. AAI will compile the following information for each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any shareholder meeting during the period covered by the annual report and which the company was entitled to vote:

 

The name of the issuer of the security;

The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);

The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures number for the portfolio security (if number is available through reasonably practicable means);

The shareholder meeting date;

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;

Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;

How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding the election of directors); and

Whether the company cast its vote for or against management.

 

k. Other Recordkeeping Requirements

 

Business groups and support partners are responsible for maintaining all records necessary to evidence compliance with this policy. The records must be properly maintained and readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this policy.

 

These records include:

 

Proxy Committee Meeting Minutes and Other Materials (routine oversight matters are discussed within AAI’s Compliance Committee meetings and will be documented within the Compliance Committee’s materials);

Analysis and Supporting Materials of Investment Management Personnel Concerning Proxy Decisions and Recommendations;

Conflicts of Interest Review Documentation, including Conflicts of Interest Forms; and

Client Communications Regarding Proxy Matters.

 

Records should be retained for a period of not less than six years. Records must be retained in an appropriate office of AAI for the first three years.

B-5

 

APPENDIX A

 

Summary of Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

AAI has adopted Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc.’s (“ISS”) standard benchmark proxy voting guidelines and ISS’ sustainability proxy voting guidelines. AAI will apply the most appropriate guidelines to ensure proxy votes are voted consistent with proxy voting policies and procedures and in the best interests of clients.

 

ISS has created multiple guidelines to cover various markets, including, but not limited to: U.S., Canada, Europe, United Kingdom, Asia, Africa and Australia. AAI retains the right to override any of ISS’ guidelines on a case-by-case basis. A concise summary of ISS’ current Proxy Voting Guidelines can be found at: http://www.issgovernance.com/policy.

B-6

 

Appendix B

 

Conflicts of Interest Disclosure Form

 

PROXY VOTING CONFLICT OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE FORM

 

1. Company name: ____________________________________________

 

2. Date of Meeting: ___________________________________________

 

3. Referral Item(s): ____________________________________________

 

4. Description of AAI’s Business Relationship with Issuer of Proxy which may give rise to a conflict of interest:

 

____________________________________________________________________

 

____________________________________________________________________

 

5. Describe procedures used to address any conflict of interest:

 

____________________________________________________________________

 

____________________________________________________________________

 

Compliance will consider information about AAI’s significant business relationships, as well as other relevant information. The information considered by Compliance may include information regarding: (1) AAI client and other business relationships; (2) any relevant personal conflicts; and (3) communications between investment professionals and parties outside the AAI investment division regarding the proxy matter. Compliance will consult with relevant experts, including legal counsel, as necessary.

 

If Compliance determines that it reasonably believes (1) AAI has a material conflict of interest, or (2) certain individuals should be recused from participating in the proxy vote at issue, Compliance will inform the Chair of the Proxy Committee. Where a material conflict of interest is determined to have arisen in the proxy voting process, AAI’s policy is to invoke one or more of the following conflict management procedures:

 

a. Causing the proxies to be voted in accordance with the recommendations of an independent third party (which generally will be AAI’s proxy voting agent);

b. Causing the proxies to be delegated to a qualified, independent third party, which may include AAI’s proxy voting agent.

c. In unusual cases, with the Client’s consent and upon ample notice, forwarding the proxies to AAI’s clients so that they may vote the proxies directly.

 

Affiliate Investment Companies and Public Companies

AAI considers (1) proxies solicited by open-end and closed-end investment companies for which AAI or an affiliate serves as an investment adviser or principal underwriter to present a material conflict of interest for AAI. Consequently, the proxies of such affiliates will be voted following one of the conflict management procedures discussed above.

 

Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures

AAI has various compliance policies and procedures in place in order to address any material conflicts of interest that might arise in this context.

 

a. AAI’s Code of Ethics affirmatively requires that associates of AAI act in a manner whereby no actual or apparent conflict of interest may be seen as arising between the associate’s interests and those of AAI’s Clients.

 

b. By assuming his or her responsibilities pursuant to this Policy, each member of the Proxy Committee (including the chairperson) and any AAI or ALPS associate advising or acting under the supervision or oversight of the Proxy Committee undertakes:

 

To disclose in writing to AAI’s Chief Compliance Officer any actual or apparent personal material conflicts of interest which he or she may have (e.g., by way of substantial ownership of securities, relationships with nominees for directorship, members of an issuer’s or dissident’s management or otherwise) in determining whether or how AAI will vote proxies. Additionally, each member must disclose any direct, indirect or perceived influence or attempt to influence such action which the member or associate views as being inconsistent with the purpose or provisions of this Policy or the Code of Ethics of AAI or ALPS. In the event any member of the Proxy Committee has a conflict of interest regarding a given matter, he or she will abstain from participating in the Committee’s determination of whether and/or how to vote in the matter; and

B-7

 

To refrain from taking into consideration, in the decision as to whether or how AAI will vote proxies the existence of any current or prospective material business relationship between AAI, ALPS or any of their affiliates, on one hand, and any party (or its affiliates) that is soliciting or is otherwise interested in the proxies to be voted, on the other hand.

 

c. In certain circumstances, AAI follows the proxy guidelines and uses other research services provided by Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”) or another independent third party. AAI has undertaken a review of ISS’ conflicts of interest procedures, and will continue to monitor them on an ongoing basis. In the event that AAI determines that it would be appropriate to use another third party, it will undertake a similar conflicts of interest assessment review.

 

6. Describe any contacts from parties outside AAI (other than routine communications from proxy solicitors) with respect to the referral item not otherwise reported in an investment professional’s recommendation:

 

CERTIFICATION

The undersigned personnel of AAI certifies that, to the best of his/her knowledge, any recommendation of an investment professional provided under circumstances where a conflict of interest exists was made solely on the investment merits and without regard to any other consideration.

 

Name:
Title:

B-8

 

APPENDIX B

 

Appendix A

 

Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

CoreCommodity Management, LLC Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

 

CoreCommodity Management, LLC (“CoreCommodity”) may be responsible for voting on shareholder proxies and may do so only in accordance with the following Proxy Voting Procedures, in the best interest of a client and as agreed to by the advisory client.

 

GENERAL GUIDELINES

 

CoreCommodity relies on Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), a privately-held company, which is owned by ISS HoldCo. Inc. (”HoldCo”), to research, vote and record all proxy ballots for Accounts over which CoreCommodity has proxy voting authority. On February 25, 2021 Deutsche Borse acquired an approximate 80% stake in HoldCo with the remainder owned by a combination of limited partnerships controlled by Genstar Capital LLC, a private equity firm based in San Francisco, CA and ISS management. CoreCommodity has adopted the ISS Sustainability U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines. In voting proxies, CoreCommodity is guided by general fiduciary principles. CoreCommodity‘s goal is to act prudently, solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of the accounts it manages. CoreCommodity does not necessarily have an obligation to vote every proxy; for example CoreCommodity may forego voting proxies if the account no longer holds the position at the time of the vote, or the cost of voting (such as in the case of a vote regarding a foreign issuer that requires being physically present to vote) outweighs the anticipated benefit to the account. Similarly, in jurisdictions which permit “share blocking” or require additional documentation to vote proxies (such as a power of attorney), or require additional disclosure of ownership, CoreCommodity may choose to refrain from voting. CoreCommodity only votes the proxies delivered to it from custodians and generally does not vote proxies for shares that are out on loan to third parties, and generally will not seek to recall such shares in order to vote them.

 

How CoreCommodity Votes

 

CoreCommodity generally votes proxies in accordance with the ISS recommendations, and has informed ISS to vote in accordance with these recommendations unless otherwise specified by CoreCommodity. A portfolio manager may request that shares under his management be voted differently from the ISS recommendations, if he believes that such a vote would be in the best interest of the client(s). Such vote requests will be subject to the conflict of interest review described below.

 

Conflicts Of Interest

 

In furtherance of CoreCommodity’s goal to vote proxies in the best interests of clients, CoreCommodity follows procedures designed to identify and address material conflicts that may arise between CoreCommodity’s interests and those of its clients before voting proxies on behalf of such clients. Only votes which are not in accordance with the ISS recommendations are subject to these conflicts of interest procedures.

 

Procedures for Identifying Conflicts of Interest

 

CoreCommodity relies on the following to seek to identify conflicts of interest:

 

Personnel are under an obligation (i) to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of CoreCommodity with respect to voting proxies on behalf of client accounts both as a result of a personal relationship and due to special circumstances that may arise during the conduct of our business, and (ii) to bring conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

CoreCommodity is deemed to have a material conflict of interest in voting proxies relating to issuers that are our clients of and that have historically accounted for or are projected to account for a material percentage of our annual revenues.

 

CoreCommodity shall not vote proxies relating to issuers on such list on behalf of accounts until it has been determined that the conflict of interest is not material or a method for resolving such conflict of interest has been agreed upon and implemented.

 

Procedures for Assessing Conflicts of Interest and for Addressing Material Conflicts of Interest

 

All conflicts of interest identified pursuant to the procedures outlined above must be brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer for resolution. The Compliance Officer will work with appropriate CoreCommodity personnel to determine whether a conflict of interest is material. A conflict of interest will be considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict has the potential to influence CoreCommodity’s decision-making in voting the proxy. A conflict of interest shall be deemed material in the event that the issuer that is the subject of the proxy has a client relationship with CoreCommodity of the type described above. All other materiality determinations will be based on an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. The Compliance Officer shall maintain a written record of all materiality determinations.

B-9

 

If it is determined that a conflict of interest is not material, CoreCommodity may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of the conflict.

 

If it is determined that a conflict of interest is material, the Compliance Officer will work with appropriate CoreCommodity personnel to agree upon a method to resolve such conflict of interest before voting proxies affected by the conflict of interest. Such methods may include:

 

disclosing the conflict to clients and obtaining their consent before voting;

 

suggesting to clients that they engage another party to vote the proxy on their behalf; or

 

such other method as is deemed appropriate under the circumstances given the nature of the conflict.

 

Record Keeping And Oversight

 

CoreCommodity shall maintain the following records relating to proxy voting:

 

a copy of these policies and procedures;

 

a copy of each proxy form (as voted);

 

a copy of each proxy solicitation (including proxy statements) and related materials with regard to each vote;

 

documentation relating to the identification and resolution of conflicts of interest;

 

any documents created by CoreCommodity that were material to a proxy voting decision or that memorialized the basis for that decision; and

 

a copy of each written client request for information on how CoreCommodity voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by CoreCommodity to any (written or oral) client request for information on how CoreCommodity voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.

 

Such records shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in CoreCommodity’s office.

 

In lieu of keeping copies of proxy statements, CoreCommodity may rely on proxy statements filed on the EDGAR system as well as on third party records of proxy statements and votes cast if the third party provides an undertaking to provide the documents promptly upon request.

 

MONITORING

 

These Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures will be reviewed on a periodic basis. As part of the review, CoreCommodity will (i) review the capacity and competency of ISS, including the ability of ISS to make recommendations based upon materially accurate information, and (ii) consider any changes at ISS that may create new conflicts of interest, in each case as deemed necessary by CoreCommodity to ensure that CoreCommodity, acting through ISS, continues to vote proxies in the best interests of clients. Part of such review may include the periodic sampling of proxy votes made by ISS on behalf of CoreCommodity, generally or with respect to particular types of proposals, as deemed necessary by CoreCommodity. CoreCommodity may arrange with ISS that ISS will update CoreCommodity of business changes that CoreCommodity considers relevant (i.e., with respect to ISS’ capacity and competency to provide proxy voting advice) and conflicts policies and procedures.

B-10

 

RiverFront Investment Group Proxy Voting

 

Issue

 

Investment advisers who exercise voting authority with respect to client securities must adopt and implement written policies and procedures, reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients. The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise in connection with proxy voting. The Rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting process and offer to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request. Finally, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information regarding voted proxies.

 

RiverFront votes proxies for certain of its clients; therefore, it has adopted and implemented these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures.

 

Policy

 

Proxies are an asset of a client, and as such should be treated with the same care, diligence, and loyalty as any asset belonging to a client. To that end, RiverFront (through Broadridge, as described below) will vote or withhold a decision to vote in a way that it believes, consistent with its fiduciary duty, will cause the value of the issue to increase the most or decline the least.

 

If a client wishes to use any general or specific proxy voting guidelines, these should be discussed with the client’s Sponsor Firm. The Sponsor Firm may determine whether to allow these exceptions and how they will be implemented. Clients may wish to have their proxies voted by an independent third party or other named fiduciary or agent, at the client’s cost; this type of request should also be discussed with the client’s Sponsor Firm. RiverFront will rely on information from the Sponsor Firm to process any exceptions to the guidelines and/or policy.

 

Procedures for Voting Proxies

 

RiverFront has voting responsibility for all client accounts (including registered investment company client accounts) over which it has discretion, unless explicitly noted otherwise in the client’s Advisory Agreement or, for clients that are registered investment companies, the Sub-Advisory Agreement. RiverFront will generally cast votes for all shares for which it has voting authority.

 

In light of RiverFront’s fiduciary duties and given the complexity of the issues that may be raised in connection with proxy votes, RiverFront has retained Broadridge Financial Solutions (“Broadridge”) to assist in the coordination and voting of client proxies. Broadridge specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy-related services to investment managers. The services provided to RiverFront include timely delivery of meeting and record date information, proxy analysis and voting through an electronic web-based vote execution platform, and detailed recordkeeping for RiverFront’s proxy voting function.

 

Broadridge will vote client proxies according to Glass Lewis & Co.’s (“Glass Lewis”) recommendations (described below). Glass Lewis is a leading provider of governance and engagement support services to institutional investors and corporations, offering research, proxy vote management, and technology platforms. The following guidelines will be followed:

 

Broadridge to monitor and keep track of all proxy votes; and,

 

Broadridge to vote pursuant to the guidelines suggested by Glass Lewis.

 

In certain limited circumstances, a proxy may be received from sources other than Broadridge. In such circumstances, RiverFront will forward the proxy to Broadridge.

 

Resolving Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

We recognize that conflicts of interest may arise for a variety of reasons. Under certain circumstances, RiverFront may face a conflict of interest voting proxies for client accounts. For example, RiverFront has voting discretion with respect to client accounts (including registered investment company clients) that own securities of mutual funds or ETFs for which RiverFront serves as a sub-adviser. Determinations by RiverFront as to whether and how to vote proxies with respect to such securities may pose a conflict of interests for RiverFront, particularly to the extent that the proxy relates to the (continued) appointment of RiverFront as the mutual fund or ETF sub-adviser. When faced with a conflict of interest in voting a client’s proxy, Broadridge and RiverFront use the pre-determined guidelines and research from Glass Lewis to determine the appropriate vote by RiverFront. In similar and other circumstances, the Investment Team will reasonably try to assess any material conflicts between RiverFront’s interests and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting. If the Investment Team detects a conflict of interest, Broadridge will use pre-determined guidelines and their research to make an objective voting decision.

 

Notwithstanding such proxy voting processes, proxy voting decisions made by RiverFront may benefit the interests of RiverFront and/or another client account, provided that RiverFront believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary duties.

B-11

 

Recordkeeping

 

RiverFront will maintain the documentation described in the following section for a period of not less than five (5) years, the first two (2) years at its principal place of business. The CCO will be responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained.

 

Client request to review proxy votes:

 

Clients are informed that they should direct proxy voting information requests to RiverFront.

Any request, whether written (including email) or oral, received by any Associate of RiverFront, must be promptly forwarded to the CCO or her designee, for processing. All written requests must be retained in a permanent file.

In order to facilitate the management of the proxy voting recordkeeping process, and to facilitate the dissemination of such proxy voting records to clients, RiverFront may distribute to any client requesting proxy voting information the complete proxy voting record for that client for the period requested.

RiverFront will furnish the information requested, free of charge, to the client within a reasonable time period (within 10 business days). RiverFront will maintain a copy of the written record provided in response to client’s written (including email) or oral request.

Clients are permitted to request the proxy voting record for the five-year period prior to their request.

 

Glass Lewis Proxy Paper™ Guidelines (provided by Glass Lewis)

 

The purpose of Glass Lewis proxy research and advice is to facilitate shareholder voting in favor of governance structures that will drive performance, create shareholder value and maintain a proper tone at the top. Glass Lewis evaluates its Proxy Paper™ Guidelines on an ongoing basis and formally updates the policy on an annual basis. These guidelines are maintained by RiverFront and incorporated into this policy by reference.

 

RiverFront reviews the Glass Lewis guidelines annually to ensure they are consistent with clients’ best interest. Additionally, RiverFront will review Glass Lewis’ policies and procedures regarding potential conflicts of interest to confirm that Glass Lewis remains independent and objective in the formation of its voting decisions. RiverFront will periodically review a sample of proxy votes to test whether the votes were in compliance with Glass Lewis’ stated voting guidelines. Additionally, a member of the Investment Team reviews the votes on ProxyEdge to ensure that they are in line with RiverFront’s recommendations.

 

Proxy statements received regarding client securities:

 

Upon physical receipt of a proxy, it is forwarded to Broadridge for processing.

 

Note: RiverFront is permitted to rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies.

 

Proxy voting records:

 

Proxy voting records for proxies voted by Broadridge are available via ProxyEdge, which is a web-based database.

 

Disclosure

 

RiverFront will ensure that Part 2A of Form ADV is updated as necessary to reflect: (i) all material changes to the Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures; ((ii) conflicts of interest of RiverFront with those of its clients with respect to proxy voting; and (iii) information about how clients may obtain information on how RiverFront voted proxies.

 

Responsibility

 

The CCO and/or her designees are responsible for managing the relationship with Broadridge, ensuring that proxies are being properly voted, and confirming that Broadridge is retaining the appropriate proxy voting records.

B-12

 

Smith Capital Investors, LLC
Proxy Voting Policy, Procedures and Guidelines

 

1.2 Proxy Voting Policy. Smith Capital Investors' strategies are comprised mainly of fixed-income securities along with a small number of equity holdings. In the event proxy voting is required, we will vote company proxies and engage company management for its equity holdings on a firm-wide basis, solely in the best interests of our clients and in a manner intended to enhance the economic value of the securities held in the portfolio. All proxy votes are recorded and stored. Concerning proxies, applicable ESG-related matters and other requested votes concerning securities held by a portfolio for which the Company or an affiliate exercises voting discretion, it is the Company’s practice to review and vote on such matters on a case-by-case basis. In furtherance of the foregoing, it is the Company’s policy to (i) stay apprised of developments that affect the private equity funds and operating companies in which the portfolios invest, (ii) carefully review matters submitted for a vote as a holder of portfolio interests or operating company securities and (iii) vote on those matters on a case-by-case basis in a manner that the Company believes is in the best interests of the applicable portfolio.

 

1.3 Request for Information. A client or an Investor in a Fund may obtain information regarding the Company’s Proxy Voting policies and procedures, as well as information regarding how the Company voted proxies on behalf of the client by sending a request to the Company by emailing [email protected] or by writing to Smith Capital Investors, ATTN: Compliance Department, 1430 Blake Street, Denver, CO 80202.

 

B-13